Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Department Stores / Myer Holdings Ltd / FY2011 Annual Report

Myer Holdings Ltd
Annual Report 2011

MYR · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MYR
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Department Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Myer Holdings Ltd
Loading PDF…
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
1
1

M
y
e
r

Annual Report 2011

Strong Foundations

Annual Report 2011

i

l

H
o
d
n
g
s
L
m
i
t
e
d

i

A
B
N
1
4
1
1
9
0
8
5
6
0
2

105090 Cover CS5 R1.indd   1-3

13/10/11   2:40 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M Y E R   H O L D I N G S   L I M I T E D 
Annual Report 2011

Contents

About Myer

Highlights

From the Chairman

From the CEO

Review of Operations

Sustainability

Board of Directors

Management Team

Corporate Governance Statement

Directors’ Report

Remuneration Report

Financial Report

Auditor’s Report

Shareholder Information

Corporate Directory

Myer Holdings Limited
ABN 14 119 085 602

105090 Cover CS5 R1.indd   4,6

Annual General Meeting
The 2011 Annual General Meeting of  
Myer Holdings Limited will be held at  
Mural Hall, Level 6, Myer Melbourne,  
Bourke Street Mall, Melbourne, Victoria  
on Friday, 25 November 2011 at 11am.

02

04

06

08

10

20

24

26

28

35

40

54

111

114

Inside 
Back 
Cover

Corporate Directory

Myer Customer Service Centre
PO Box 869J 
Melbourne VIC 3001 
Phone: 1800 811 611 (within Australia) or  
+61 3 8667 6000 (outside Australia)
Fax: +61 (0) 3 8667 6091

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Level 19, Freshwater Place
2 Southbank Boulevard
Southbank VIC 3006

Securities Exchange Listing
Myer Holdings Limited (MYR) shares are listed on the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX).

Website
www.myer.com.au

About this Annual Report
The Myer Holdings Limited Annual Report is available 
online at www.myer.com.au/investor. Hard copies can be 
obtained by contacting our share registry.

Annual General Meeting 
The 2011 Annual General Meeting of Myer Holdings 
Limited will be held at Mural Hall, Level 6, Myer 
Melbourne, Bourke St Mall, Melbourne, Victoria on Friday,  
25 November 2011 at 11am.

Registered Office details
Myer Holdings Limited
Level 7
800 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 6000  

Myer Support Office
800 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 6800

Myer Postal Address
Myer Holdings Limited
PO Box 869J
Melbourne VIC 3001

Company Secretary
Marion Rodwell
General Counsel and Company Secretary

Shareholder Enquiries: 

Share Registry
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd
Postal address
GPO Box 2975EE
Melbourne VIC 3000

Myer Shareholder Information Line
1300 820 260 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) 

www.investorcentre.com 

Investor Relations
Davina Gunn 
Investor Relations Manager
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 7879
Mobile: +61 (0) 400 896 809
Email: myer.investor.relations@myer.com.au

Media Relations
Jo Lynch 
General Manager Corporate Affairs 
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 7571 
Mobile: +61 (0) 438 101 793 
Email: myer.corporate.affairs@myer.com.au

C R E A T E D   B Y   D E S I G N A T E

13/10/11   2:40 PM

01

Myer Holdings Limited

A focused 
retail business 
with strong 
management

Our significant investment since 
2006 has set strong foundations for a 
sustainable business, demonstrated in 
the current challenging environment. We 
are committed to optimising our store  
network, improving customer service and 
delivering a leading omni-channel offer.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   1

10/10/11   11:58 AM

02

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

About Myer
Myer is Australia’s largest department 
store group, synonymous with style 
and fashion for over 100 years.

New stores and refurbishments

The  Myer  store  network  includes  a  footprint  of 
67  stores  in  prime  retail  locations  across  Australia. 
We have stores in 28 of the top 30 shopping centres 
across  Australia.  We  have  a  strategy  to  expand  the 
store  network  through  new  stores,  replacement 
stores and refurbishments, and to continue to build 
on the momentum of our world-class, international 
award winning flagship Melbourne store.

Myer Exclusive Brands

Our merchandise offer includes over 50 brands that are 
owned by Myer. The Exclusive Brands offering is across 
many price points and ranges from entry-point basics to 
designer fashion. We have established Global Sourcing 
Offices  in  Hong  Kong  and  Shanghai  to  drive  further 
growth  of  our  Myer  Exclusive  Brands  (MEBs),  source 
product more efficiently and improve profitability.

MYER one loyalty program

The MYER one loyalty program is a key competitive 
advantage  for  the  business.  This  loyalty  program 
provides  unique  insights  into  customer  shopping 
preferences and is an effective way of communicating 
with  our  customers  ensuring  they  receive  relevant 
and targeted offers. Loyal MYER one members earn 
shopping  credits  for  shopping  at  Myer  as  well  as  a 
range of affiliate businesses that have partnered with 
the program. Rewards are distributed in the form of 
MYER one reward gift cards and when redeemed in 
Myer stores members spend on average 3.6 times the 
value of the reward card.

Selling space optimisation

Across  our  store  network,  we  continually  review 
the  way  our  stores  are  presented  through  product 
mix  and  brand  placements.  This  is  to  ensure  we 
are  delivering  the  best  possible  merchandise  offer, 
improving  the  customer  shopping  experience  and 
ultimately  achieving  maximum  return  per  square 
metre of selling space for our shareholders.

Known  for  a  welcoming,  familiar,  trusted  and 
stylish shopping environment, Myer has a strong 
connection  with  its  customers,  with  one  of  the 
most reputable retail brands in Australia. 

Vision: “To be an international-class retailer providing 
inspiration to everyone”

Our  focus  on  providing  inspiration  to  everyone 
includes  our  customers,  our  13,000  team  members, 
our  56,000  shareholders,  our  800  suppliers  globally 
and the many communities that we engage through 
our strong brand. 

In  financial  year  2011,  total  sales  were  $3.159  billion. 
Myer is a significant employer and has a long history of 
philanthropy and local community engagement. 

Inspiring and delighting our customers 
through newness, innovation and 
inspiration

Myer  offers  eleven  core  product  categories 
including:  Womenswear;  Menswear;  Youth  fashion; 
Childrenswear;  Intimate  apparel;  Beauty,  fragrance 
and  cosmetics;  Homewares;  Electrical  goods;  Toys; 
Fashion accessories; and General merchandise. A true 
department store, Myer offers a comprehensive and 
fashion  focused ‘whole  of  home’  solution,  stocking 
over 600,000 product lines, comprising 2,400 brands 
sourced from over 800 suppliers globally. The brand 
offering 
includes  well-known  national  brands, 
Australian  and  International  designers,  as  well  as 
over 50 brands owned and distributed exclusively by 
Myer, including Vue, Basque and Blaq.

Myer’s strategic plan

The business model we have had in place since 2006 
is  flexible  and  sustainable  which  has  helped  us  to 
manage recent volatile retail trading conditions. We 
continue to implement this strategy focusing on the 
key elements: 

 › New stores growth and refurbishments 

 › Grow our Myer Exclusive Brands 

 ›

 ›

Build and strengthen MYER one loyalty program

Ensure product mix and floor selling space delivers 
optimal financial returns

 ›

Improve customer service

 › Deliver a flexible omni-channel offer

 › Continue to reduce shrinkage

01

01 Our team members are 
key to the success of Myer

02 New stores and 
refurbishments continue 
to inspire and delight our 
customers

03 Brand awareness is 
enhanced through in-store 
theatre and events as 
well as seasonal fashion 
launches 

04 Exciting new brands 
have further strengthened 
our fashion credentials

05 We are building a 
customer service and 
performance-based culture 
across the business 

06 Our MYER one loyalty 
program delivers a key 
competitive advantage

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   2

10/10/11   11:58 AM

03

02

03

Improving customer service

Reducing shrinkage

Our  people  are  critical  to  achieving  our  vision  and 
delivering  our  strategic  plan.  We  are  continuing  to 
build  a  customer  service  and  performance-based 
culture across the business. This includes fostering the 
development  of  all  of  our  team  members  from  our 
graduates,  to  high  performing  store  managers  to  our 
buyers  and  support  office  teams. The  support  of  our 
committed  and  experienced  senior  management 
team helps to build this culture focused on achieving 
results.  In  response  to  customer  feedback,  we  have 
a  renewed  focus  on  improving  customer  service 
through  the  investment  in  additional  selling  hours 
in  high  service  categories  and  a  comprehensive 
program including training, product knowledge and 
other initiatives. 

Omni-channel retailer

In a rapidly changing technology environment Myer 
continues  to  develop  and  implement  a  flexible 
omni-channel offer for our customers. The channels 
include our significant store network complemented 
by enhanced online, digital and mobile platforms.

Reducing  the  level  of  theft  and  fraud  in  our  stores 
contributes  to  improving  our  profitability.  We  have 
made  excellent  progress  in  initiatives  to  reduce 
shrinkage.

Strong foundations

We have made significant progress on our strategic 
plan. We  have  invested  over  $600m  in  capital  since 
2006  to  build  a  sustainable  retail  business  platform 
and  these  strong  foundations  have  been  proven 
during the recent economic downturn.

Our vision is to be an  
international-class 
retailer providing 
inspiration to everyone 
– our customers, team 
members, shareholders 
and suppliers.

04

05

06

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   3

10/10/11   11:58 AM

04

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Highlights

Myer delivered a solid result this year in the context of a 
very tough retail environment. Consumers continue to 
be reluctant to spend in the face of a number of increased 
cost of living pressures, the imminent imposition of new 
taxes,  uncertainty  surrounding  interest  rates  and  an 
increased propensity to save. The challenging economic 
conditions experienced in the first half were exacerbated 
by  the  floods  in  Queensland  and  Victoria.  During  the 
second half of the year domestic and global political and 
economic uncertainties, as well as rising unemployment, 
further impacted consumer confidence.

Financial highlights1 

 ›

 ›

 ›

Sales  down  3.8  percent  to  $3,158.8  million,  down 
5.5 percent on a like-for-like basis

Excluding Electrical, total sales were down 1.2 percent 

Electrical restructure represented a $32.4 million reduction 
in total sales with exit of non-performing categories and 
replacement with more profitable categories

 › Operating  gross  profit  margin  up  63  basis  points  to 

40.26 percent 

 › Continued  focus  on  costs,  overall  cash  costs  declined 

3.4 percent to $933.7 million

 ›

 ›

Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortis-
ation (EBITDA) margin increased by 50 bps to 10.7 percent 

Earnings  before  interest  and  tax  (EBIT)  of  $258.9  million 
(FY2010: $270.9 million)

 ›

EBIT margin of 8.20 percent (FY2010: 8.25 percent)

 › Net  profit  after  tax  (NPAT)  of  $162.7  million  (FY2010: 

$168.7 million)

 ›

Basic earnings per share of 27.9 cents (FY2010: 29 cents)

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

”

Strong foundations 
deliver solid result 
in challenging 
environment.

”

Net profit after tax ($m)

73.2

95.8

108.7

168.7

162.7

07

08

09

10

11

Earnings before interest 
and tax (EBIT) ($m)

EBIT margin (%)

8.3

8.2

7.2

6.4

 › Disciplined 

inventory  management, 

like-for-like 

inventory increased by $7 million (up 2.0 percent)

Return on funds employed (ROFE) of 21.4 percent on a 
rolling 12 months basis (FY2010: 24.1 percent)

Refinance  of  debt  facilities  with 
margins and strong support from lenders

improved 

interest 

5.0

Interim dividend of 11.0 cents per share and final dividend 
of  11.5  cents  per  share,  taking  the  full  year  dividend  to 
22.5 cents per share. 

300

 ›
275

 ›
250

 ›
225

200

175

150

1  FY11 financial metrics shown on pages 4 to 9 represent the statutory 
52 week financial results as reported in the Financial Report, adjusted 
to remove certain one-off charges where relevant. Prior period 
comparatives, and variances to prior period, where shown, are 
calculated with reference to 52 week pro forma values for FY2010 
to ensure comparability. Refer Financial Performance section of 
Review of Operations on page 11 for detailed discussion of financial 
performance, including commentary on the composition of the 
numbers referenced above.

165

213

236

271

259

07

08

09

10

11

200

150

100

50

0

10

8

6

4

2

0

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   4

10/10/11   11:58 AM

Strong foundations 

deliver solid result 

in challenging 

environment.

100

80

60

40

20

0

100

80

60

40

20

0

22.5

22.0

21.5

21.0

20.5

20.0

29.25

27.65

26.05

24.45

22.85

21.25

Full year 
dividends (cents)

Earnings 
per share (cents)

22.0

22.5

29.0

27.9

10

11

10

11

05

Operational highlights

The  $600  million  capital  investment  made  since 
2006  has  established  strong  foundations  for 
the  business  that  helped  us  to  manage  through 
challenging conditions over the past 12 months: 

 ›

Flagship Myer Melbourne reopened, as well as 
new stores at Top Ryde (New South Wales) and 
Robina  (Queensland).  A  new  store  at  Mackay 
(Queensland)  is  expected  to  open  on  time  in 
October 2011

 › Refurbished  stores  at  Charlestown  (New  South 
Wales), Canberra (ACT) and Garden City (Western 
Australia)

 ›

Further  growth  in  Myer  Exclusive  Brands  mix, 
now  represent  17.7  percent  of  department 
store sales

 › Continued investment in capex of $113 million 
(including  Myer  Melbourne  and  point-of-sale 
(POS) system)

 › Global  Sourcing  Offices  established  in  Hong 

Kong and Shanghai

 ›

 ›

Improved  merchandise  offer  with  new  brands 
extending the breadth and depth of range

sass  &  bide  strategic  alliance  established  with 
purchase of 65 percent stake

30

 › Progressed customer service strategy supported 
by renewed focus on optimising promotions 

25

20

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

100

80

60

40

20

0

50

40

30

20

10

0

Myer department store network  
(number)

Operating gross 
profit margin (%)

 ›

Further developed e-commerce, digital marketing 
and social media strategy.

15

70

10

5

0

61

65

65

65

67

39.6

40.3

07

08

09

10

11

10

50

11

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   5

10/10/11   11:59 AM

06

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

From the Chairman

I am pleased to present the 2011 Myer Holdings 
Limited Annual Report to shareholders. 

Business performance

Total  sales  for  the  full  year  ended  30  July  2011, 
were  $3.158  billion,  down  3.8  percent  on  last  year, 
reflecting  an  unprecedented  trading  environment 
and weak consumer sentiment.

We  reported  a  net  profit  after  tax  of  $162.7  million, 
down  3.6  percent  on  last  year  and  in  line  with  the 
guidance provided to the market earlier in the year. 
This  is  a  solid  result  given  the  challenges  we  faced. 
We  maintained  a  strong  focus  on  reducing  costs, 
managing  our  promotional  program  and  achieved 
an  improved  operating  gross  profit  margin  as 
well  as  a  clean  inventory  position  at  year-end  –  an 
excellent result. These achievements, together with 
our  strong  balance  sheet,  represent  highlights  in  a 
challenging year. 

The  Board  was  pleased  to  deliver  an  increased  full 
year  dividend  to  shareholders.  A  strong  balance 
sheet,  strong  cash  generation  and  a  robust  profit 
performance,  has  led  Directors  to  announce  a  fully 
franked final dividend of 11.5 cents per share, taking 
the total dividend for the year to 22.5 cents per share. 
The  dividend  will  be  paid  on  16  November  to  all 
shareholders registered on 30 September 2011. 

Operational highlights

While we understand the significant macro-economic 
factors  that  are 
impacting  many  discretionary 
retailers,  we  have  remained  focused  on  delivering 
our strategy. Our new flagship Melbourne store has 
been  well  received  with  sales  gaining  momentum 
since  reopening  in  March.  In  addition  we  opened 
two new stores.

In February, we purchased a 65 percent stake in sass 
& bide, a very successful Australian women’s fashion 
brand.  This  business,  which  has  significant  growth 
potential,  is  an  excellent  addition  to  our  existing 
brand portfolio. 

In  July,  we  realised  an  $8.2  million  profit  after  tax 
when we sold our 26 percent stake in Harris Scarfe as 
we believe our capital can be better directed within 
our own business.

Our  people  and  the  communities  in  which  we 
operate are key to the Myer business. Following the 
floods  in  Queensland  and  Victoria,  we  supported 
a  range  of  fundraising  and  relief  efforts.  Myer  team 
members,  our  suppliers  and  customers  generously 
responded  to  these  events.  We  remain  committed 
to our valuable relationships with charities including 
the Olivia Newton-John Cancer and Wellness Centre 
Appeal, the Salvation Army and Vision Australia.

Australian retail environment

The  2011  financial  year  presented  an  extremely 
challenging  environment  for  the  discretionary  retail 
sector.  Consumer  confidence  was 
impacted  by 
increasing  cost  of  living  pressures  including  costs 
of  education  and  health  care,  new  taxes  in  the 
flood  levy  and  proposed  carbon  tax  and  interest 
rate  uncertainty.  In  the  first  half,  natural  disasters 
including  the  devastating  floods  in  Queensland 
and  Victoria 
impacted  many  communities  and 
our  business  in  those  areas.  The  second  half  was 
characterised by domestic and global economic and 
political uncertainty as well as rising unemployment. 

This  backdrop  presented  the  most  difficult  trading 
conditions  I  have  seen  in  my  retail  career.  I  am 
pleased that Bernie and his management team have 
performed well in dealing with the issues presented 
to  them  and  continue  to  be  firmly  focused  on 
implementing  our  strategic  plan.  I  strongly  believe 
the  key  is  maintaining  an  adaptable  and  flexible 
approach and being able to fine-tune all elements of 
our business.

Strong foundations

We have invested over $600 million in capital in the 
business  since  2006,  significantly  improving  our 
supply chain, point-of-sale and merchandise systems. 
This has delivered a highly efficient and flexible retail 
platform,  enabling  management  to  better  control 
inventory and adapt to the volatile trading conditions. 

Our  strategy  continues  as  planned  in  the  face  of 
external  challenges.  We  are  delivering  new  stores, 
store refurbishments, an improved merchandise offer, 
an omni-channel offer and have a focus on improving 
customer  service.  The  Board  is  very  supportive  of 
management plans to invest significantly in improving 
customer  service.  As  with  any  investment,  return  on 
investment hurdles must be achieved and progress to 
date is very encouraging.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   6

10/10/11   11:59 AM

07

Myer’s transformed business model delivered a

SOLID FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE.

Our  Global  Sourcing  Offices  in  Shanghai  and  Hong 
Kong opened during the year and will enable further 
growth  of  our  Myer  Exclusive  Brands,  ensuring 
we  deliver  the  right  product  to  stores  quickly  and 
efficiently.  We  are  committed  to  building  a  socially 
responsible  and  sustainable  business.  In  June,  
the  Board  endorsed  our  Ethical  Sourcing  Policy. 
The  policy  confirms  our commitment to the ethical 
manufacture  and  supply  of  merchandise  for  our 
business, and working with suppliers to improve their 
social and environmental practices. 

The Board

I  acknowledge  the  support  and  dedication  of  the 
Board  this  year  and  I  am  confident  that  they  have 
the  credentials  and  requisite  diversity  to  serve  the 
interests  of  our  shareholders.  To  complement  the 
existing  Board,  in  December,  we  appointed  Chris 
Froggatt as a new Director who brings over 20 years’ 
executive experience as a human resources specialist 
in leading international companies. 

In  August  the  Board  was  pleased  to  reach  an 
agreement  with  CEO  Bernie  Brookes  to  extend  his 
contract  until  August  2014.  While  Bernie’s  previous 
contract  was  due  to  expire  in  August  2012,  the 
Board agreed a new contract to provide stability and 
continuity of management. Bernie has a strong vision 
for Myer and is committed to delivering our strategy. 
The expected continuation of economic challenges 
in the short-term demand the attention of a  highly 
experienced retailer as Chief Executive, supported by 
a strong management team.

”
I strongly believe the 
key is maintaining 
an adaptable and 
flexible approach.

”

Outlook

While  there  are  no  clear  short-term  indicators  of 
when  consumer  confidence  will  return  to  more 
normal levels, the leverage potential is significant for 
this highly efficient business. 

On  behalf  of  the  Board,  I  take  this  opportunity  to 
thank Bernie and his management team as well as all 
the 13,000 Myer team members who help deliver the 
best possible results for shareholders. 

As  we  look  to  the  future,  I  would  like  to  sincerely 
thank you, our shareholders and customers, for your 
ongoing support.

Howard McDonald
Chairman

105090 Editorial ColourCorrections CS5.indd   7

13/10/11   2:47 PM

08

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

From the CEO
”
A solid result in a very difficult 
trading environment reflecting 
the investment made over the 
past five years. 
”

last  year’s  annual  report  I  outlined  the 
In 
significant 
investment  we  had  made  since 
2006  to  turn  the  business  around  and  prepare 
for  growth.  In  2011,  the  strong  foundations 
established  as  a  result  of  that  investment  have 
served  us  well  and  allowed  us  to  successfully 
navigate  the  unprecedented  and  volatile  retail 
trading  conditions. We  have  delivered  on  many 
of our business objectives – rigorously managed 
inventory and costs, introduced new brands and 
improved our store presentation. 

Our  plans  have  been  challenged  by  the  generally 
cautious  consumer  but  we  have  successfully 
continued to progress our strategic plan.

Business performance

Total  sales  for  the  full  year  ended  30  July  2011  were 
$3.158  billion,  down  3.8  percent  on  last  year,  and 
like-for-like  basis.  Sales 
down  5.5  percent  on  a 
were  disappointing,  however,  in  the  context  of  the 
challenging retail environment, I am pleased with the 
resilience of Myer’s performance on a number of levels.

The  decision  to  exit  whitegoods  and  significantly 
reduce  our  music  and  DVD  offering,  combined  with 
significant price deflation across a number of electrical 
and entertainment product lines, impacted sales. 

It was pleasing to report an increased operating gross 
profit margin up 63 basis points to 40.26 percent. This 
was  driven  by  an  increase  in  Myer  Exclusive  Brands 
(MEBs)  as  a  percentage  of  sales,  a  further  reduction 
in shrinkage, changes in product mix, and improved 
sourcing. We have over 50 MEBs, many of which are 
household names and represent a multitude of price 
points and ranges.

We  maintained  a  disciplined  focus  on  costs  across 
the business and the overall cash cost base declined 
3.4  percent  to  $933.7  million.  We  successfully 
delivered  an  increased  EBITDA  of  $337.9  million,  up 
0.9  percent.  In  addition,  EBITDA  margin  increased 
50bps  to  10.7  percent.  EBIT  was  down  4.4  percent 
to  $258.9  million.  An  EBIT  margin  of  8.2  percent 
represented a solid result. 

We  reported  a  net  profit  after  tax  of  $162.7  million, 
down  3.6  percent  on  last  year.  Our  merchandise 
system, new POS system and improved supply chain 
ensured that we successfully managed our inventory. 

A  key  highlight  for  2011  was  the  reopening  of 
our  flagship  Myer  Melbourne  store  in  March.  The 
store  continues  to  gather  sales  momentum,  with  a 
positive uplift in sales, and importantly a very strong 
customer response and a significant increase in the 
number  of  customer  compliments  received.  The 
store  was  recognised  internationally,  winning  the 
Store  Design  of  the  Year  award  at  the  2011  Oracle 
World Retail Awards. This is an extremely prestigious 
award and we are so proud of the team that delivered 
the Melbourne store.

We opened two new stores at Top Ryde (New South 
Wales)  and  Robina  (Queensland).  In  Queensland, 
we  will  shortly  open  our  new  store  at  Mackay  and 
our  new  store  at  Townsville  is  on  track  to  open  in 
May 2012.

In  March,  we  purchased  65  percent  of  sass  &  bide, 
a  highly  successful  Australian  designer  brand  that 
complements  our  womenswear  offer.  The  rollout 
of  sass  &  bide  to  30  stores  is  progressing  well  and 
our  customers  have  responded  positively. We  were 
delighted to strengthen our merchandise offer with 
new brands including Arthur Galan AG, Simona and 
Fleur Wood joining our brand portfolio during the year.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   8

10/10/11   11:59 AM

09

Capital investment since 2006 of $600m 

ENSuRES MYER IS  
wELL LEvERAgED  
FOR gROwTH.

The  opening  of  our  Global  Sourcing  Offices 
in 
Shanghai  and  Hong  Kong  will  enable  us  to  further 
develop our direct sourcing capabilities, underpinning 
the  growth  in  our  Myer  Exclusive  Brands  as  well  as 
enhancing gross margin. 

During  2011,  we  invested  in  developing  a  fully 
integrated  digital  and  online  offer  for  consumers. 
We  are  committed  to 
further  developing  our 
omni-channel offer with a new web platform to be 
launched later this year, featuring improved product 
research  capabilities,  product  availability  and 
e-commerce functionality. 

Despite  the  challenging  environment  I  am  pleased 
that  we  progressed  our  strategies  to  reduce  overall 
markdowns  and  invest  in  customer  service.  I  am 
excited  by  the  early  progress.  The  significant  and 
much  needed  investment  in  more  selling  hours, 
increased training, improved rostering and incentives 
is  building  momentum. 
for  service  excellence 
Stores  are  receiving  positive  feedback  from  team 
members and customers – with increasing numbers 
of  compliments  demonstrating  that  we  are  achieving 
real  traction.  Our  investment  in  customer  service  is 
targeted and measured and will continue to be rolled 
out during 2012.

Our people

We  were  pleased  to  reach  agreement  on  the  Myer 
Stores  Agreement  2010.  The  increases  in  wage  and 
other  benefits  for  store  team  members  under  the 
agreement  are  recognition  of  the  contribution  and 
commitment  Myer  team  members  make  to  the 
Company.

last year. Lost time injury frequency rate was reduced, 
representing a 20 percent improvement on 2010.

I would like to thank all our team members, including 
the  management  team, 
for  their  commitment 
and support.

Australian retail sector

January, 

In 
the  Commonwealth  Government 
announced  a  Productivity  Commission  Inquiry  into 
the  Australian  retail  sector.  This  was  an  important 
opportunity  for  Myer  to  contribute  to  a  public 
discussion  about  the  retail  sector  and  its  future 
prospects.  Myer  seeks  a  reassessment  of  the  low 
importation threshold and a clear understanding of 
the  implications  of  increasing  labour  costs  through 
penalties  and  casual  loadings  on  trading  hours, 
trading days and workforce composition.

We  continue  to  monitor  the 
Inquiry  and  hope 
the  outcomes  deliver  reform  to  ensure  the  retail 
industry can continue delivering economic benefits to 
all Australians.

Outlook

Although  the  retail  environment  remains  extremely 
challenging, our strong, experienced and committed 
team  will  continue  to  manage  the  business  
appropriately.  The  business  model  we  have 
developed  since  2006  is  flexible  and  sustainable,  
the  foundations of which will continue to help us to 
meet future challenges. 

During  the  year,  we  continued  to  see  ongoing 
improvements in our safety performance across the 
business with all of our safety measures improving on  Bernie Brookes

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   9

10/10/11   11:59 AM

10

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Review of Operations
Our world-class supply 
chain, leading merchandise 
offer, store network and 
strong brand provide 
huge potential to deliver a 
leading omni-channel offer.

04

05

The  highlights  of  2011  included  the  reopening  of 
our  world-class  flagship  store  at  Myer  Melbourne 
and two new stores at Top Ryde in New South Wales 
and Robina in Queensland. We focused on improving 
customer  service  with  a  targeted  and  measured 
investment  funded  by  optimising  our  promotions. 
Our  merchandise  offer  was  significantly  enhanced 
with  the  addition  of  new  brands  to  inspire  and 
delight  our  customers.  We  acquired  65  percent  of 
the  leading  Australian  designer  brand  sass  &  bide 
to  complement  our  womenswear  offer.  Our  focus 
on  digital  marketing  and  social  media  continued 
throughout  the  year  as  we  further  developed  our 
omni-channel  offer.  Global  Sourcing  Offices  were 
established in Shanghai and Hong Kong to support 
the growth of our Myer Exclusive Brands strategy.

02

06

03

07

01

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   10

10/10/11   11:59 AM

11

Financial 
performance1

The  Group  delivered  a  solid  result  for  the  financial 
year,  in  the  context  of  a  challenging  retail  trading 
environment. Total sales for the 52 weeks to 30 July 2011 
were $3,158.8 million, down 3.8 percent compared to 
last year (52 weeks). On a like-for-like basis sales were 
down 5.5 percent. Included in this result is $14.1 million 
in sales from sass & bide (since the acquisition of the 
65% shareholding on 2 March 2011).

Operating gross profit margin increased by 63 basis 
points to 40.26 percent compared to last year. Drivers 
of  this  result  were  increased  profitability  from  Myer 
Exclusive  Brands,  reduction  in  shrinkage,  improved 
sourcing,  optimised  promotional  strategy  and 
improved  product  mix. The  strong  Australian  dollar 
also  assisted  margins  and  helped  mitigate  some 
higher input costs for product sourced from Asia.

Costs  continued  to  be  tightly  managed  during  the 
year  and  the  overall  cash  cost  of  doing  business 
declined by 3.4 percent to $933.7 million.

Depreciation increased from $64 million last year to 
$79  million  as  a  result  of  the  completion  of  capital 
projects (including new POS system, Myer Melbourne 
rebuild  and  new  support  office).  EBITDA  margin 
increased by 50 bps to 10.7 percent and EBITDA was 
up  0.9  percent  to  $337.9  million.  EBIT  was  $258.9 
million, down 4.4 percent compared to last year.

The  impact  from  sass  &  bide  in  the  consolidated 
FY2011  NPAT  was  negligible,  as  expected  when  we 
purchased the 65% shareholding. 

As  a  result  of  the  ongoing  review  of  our  business 
we  have  provided  for  the  costs  associated  with  the 
rationalised music and DVD offer, the exit of gaming 
and consoles from stores, a reduction in headcount in 
support office and the pending closure of the Forest 
Hill store, resulting in a store closure and restructuring 
charge in the year of $10.5m ($7.6m after tax). In July 
2011  we  divested  our  shareholding  in  the  retailer, 
Harris Scarfe, as we believe our capital can be better 
directed within our business, generating a profit on 
sale of $11.7m ($8.2m after tax).

NPAT  before  one-offs  in  relation  to  the  sale  of  our 
share  in  Harris  Scarfe,  the  restructuring  charge  and 
IPO costs was down 3.6 percent to $162.7 million. 

Statutory EBIT for FY11 was $260.1m, down 3.8% on 
FY10. Statutory NPAT for FY11 was $159.7m after IPO 
costs, up 137.7% on FY10, reflecting the impact of IPO 
costs of $96.3m on the prior year.

We maintained our focus on inventory management 
during  the  period.  Taking  into  account  stock  held 
for  our  new  store  at  Robina  and  the  expanded 
Myer Melbourne, conversion of our music and DVD 
offering to wholesale, sass & bide and early delivery of 
summer FY2012 stock, inventory was up 2.0 percent 
($7  million).  Operating  inventory  at  the  end  of  the 
period was $381 million.

Net  debt  increased  by  $68  million  to  $382  million, 
driven  in  part  by  the  purchase  of  the  65  percent 
shareholding in sass & bide in March 2011 ($41.3 million), 
as well as continued capex investment and a full year 
of paying dividends.

In June 2011, we successfully refinanced our banking 
facilities  of  $625  million,  extending  maturity  dates 
to  June  2014  ($325  million)  and  to  June  2015 
($300 million), with lower interest margins and strong 
support  from  our  lenders. There  remains  significant 
‘headroom’ in our banking covenants. 

01 The world-class Myer 
supply chain is supported 
by four distribution 
centres, including one  
at Altona, Victoria

02 Jennifer Hawkins is the 
face of Myer and a key 
Myer Ambassador

03 Events including the 
2011 Spring/Summer 
Fashion Launch strengthen 
Myer brand awareness 
as well as profiles of our 
designers

05 Australian-designer 
womenswear brand, Fleur 
Wood, joined Myer in 2011

06 Design Studio 
fashion accessories, was 
an exciting new Myer 
Exclusive Brand this year

07 The Miss Shop (Youth) 
category was a standout 
performer in 2011 

08 Bose home theatre 
interactive concepts have 
been very popular with 
customers

04 Newness, inspiration 
and fashionability 
are integral to our 
merchandise offer 

09 The arrival of prestigious 
designer brand, Arthur 
Galan AG, was an excellent 
addition to the Myer  
brand portfolio

08

09

1 

FY11 financial metrics noted represent the statutory 52 week financial results as reported in the Financial Report unless otherwise stated. Prior period comparatives, and variances to prior period where shown are 
calculated with reference to 52 week proforma values for FY10 to ensure comparability. FY11 Net profit after tax of $162.7m excludes residual IPO costs of $3.5m (after tax), store closure and restructuring costs of 
$7.6m (after tax), and the profit on sale of our shareholding in Harris Scarfe of $8.2m (after tax). FY10 Net profit after tax of $168.7m represents a 52 week proforma, adjusted to remove the impact of the 53rd week 
of trade included in the statutory 2010 Financial Report, the effect of IPO costs, and interest and tax adjusted to reflect the post IPO capital structure as if it had been in place for the entire period. Like-for-like sales 
excludes new stores at Top Ryde and Robina, refurbishments and the acquisition of 65% of sass & bide.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   11

10/10/11   11:59 AM

12

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Review of Operations continued

Omni-channel Retailer

Our store network

Replacement stores and refurbishments

New stores
Our  flagship  Myer  Melbourne  store  was  opened 
in  March  with  very  positive  feedback  from  our 
customers. Sales continue to gain momentum in this 
world-class department store.

During the year we also opened two new stores at Top 
Ryde (New South Wales) and Robina (Queensland). 

Our new store at Mackay in Queensland is expected 
to  open  on  time  in  October  2011,  and  our  new 
Townsville store in Queensland is on track to open in 
May 2012. Myer will be the only full-line department 
store  in  both  of  these  regional  cities  and  the 
excitement continues to build in these communities. 
New  stores  at  Fountain  Gate  (Victoria)  and  Shell 
Harbour  (New  South  Wales)  are  already  under 
construction, and are planned to open in 2014.

While we remain committed to our new store rollout 
strategy,  we  will  continue  to  assess  the  financial 
merits of all new and existing stores in our network as 
we enter lease negotiations and renewals. We made 
the  decision  recently  not  to  renew  the  lease  of  the 
store  in  Forest  Hill  (Victoria),  which  will  be  closed 
in  2012.  Forest  Hill  is  a  small  store  with  a  limited 
range and our MYER one data indicates that many 
customers choose to shop at the larger stores located 
at nearby Chadstone, Doncaster, Eastland and Knox 
City. All Forest Hill team members will be redeployed 
to nearby Myer stores.

During  the  year,  we  announced  an  agreement  to 
rebuild our store in Hobart (Tasmania) following the 
fire that significantly damaged the store in 2007. This 
redevelopment will deliver a 12,450m2 replacement 
store,  representing  significantly  more  selling  space 
than the original store. We have also negotiated plans 
to  build  a  replacement  store  at  Werribee  (Victoria), 
to  deliver  a  significantly  larger  store  to  meet  the 
demand in this growth corridor of Melbourne. 

Refurbishments  were  completed  in  our  stores  in 
Canberra  (Australian  Capital  Territory)  and  Garden 
City (Western Australia). The Sydney City store in New 
South  Wales  was  reconfigured  to  create  space  for 
additional apparel and footwear brands. Our Eastland 
store in Victoria was also refurbished and relaunched 
in August 2011. Works at our Liverpool store in New 
South  Wales  are  due  for  completion  in  December 
2011, and the refurbishment of the Carindale store in 
Queensland commenced in September 2011.

Improving customer service remains 
a priority

Improving customer service remains a priority across 
the  business.  We  have  implemented  a  new  service 
improvement  program  comprising  a  number  of 
elements including additional hours in stores in high-
service categories such as footwear, intimate apparel, 
womenswear, men’s suiting and accessories. We have 

01 Team Member incentive 
schemes in our Electrical 
department help improve 
customer service and 
drive sales

02 The new POS system 
has increased efficiency 
and transaction speed 
and improved the 
customer experience

03 We are developing an 
omni-channel strategy as 
customers adapt to new 
technology, allowing us to 
communicate in new and 
innovative ways

04 We are investing in 
customer service despite 
the ongoing challenging 
retail environment

05 Our flagship Myer 
Melbourne store showcases 
innovative visual 
merchandise installations

01

02

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   12

10/10/11   11:59 AM

improved  commission 

doubled the length of the team member induction 
program; 
in 
electrical,  furniture  and  cosmetics;  introduced  team 
member  productivity  leader  boards;  and  continued 
with our service reward programs. 

schemes 

The customer service investment trial began in March 
in select stores and with pleasing results, we refined 
the formula and the rollout was extended. If results 
continue to meet our expectations, we will continue 
the targeted and measured rollout.

We have also completed the rollout of new directional 
signage  assisting  the  overall  shopping  experience 
for customers.

Our  CEO’s  High  Performers  Club,  which  recognises 
leaders  in  customer  service  with  excellent  selling 
skills, continues to gain momentum with almost 650 
team members now part of the program. We aim to 
have 1,000 team members inducted into the Club by 
the end of 2012.

We  continued  to  expand  the  services  offered  in 
including  personal  shopping,  pre-season 
stores 
International  and  Australian  designer  sales,  and  a 
range  of  health  and  beauty  treatments  for  both 
women and men.

Improving technology in stores

The  rollout  of  new  IT  hardware  and  an  updated 
operating  platform  for  all  stores  was  completed  in 
August  2011.  Including  new  workstations,  scanners 

03

and  a  complete  refresh  of  all  applications,  this 
significant  upgrade  will  increase  the  efficiency  of 
executing administrative activities in stores. 

Following  the  successful  rollout  of  new  POS  in  all 
stores, completed in November 2010, we have built 
on  our  commitment  to  improve  transaction  speed 
and overall service. In this context, we have taken the 
decision  to  consolidate  some  of  the  POS  locations 
into clusters within ten of our stores. This will result 
in larger, more visible transaction centres which will 
be staffed at all times during trading hours improving 
the customer experience.

The investment in a national closed circuit TV (CCTV) 
network  as  part  of  a  broader  campaign  to  reduce 
shrinkage  has  continued  to  reduce  the  level  of 
theft  from  stores  and  improve  customer  and  team 
member safety.

Online expansion

We  made  some  important  improvements  to  the 
myer.com.au  website  including  enhanced  website 
merchandising, search, sort and navigation functionality 
as  well  as  a  wider  product  range.  Customers  have 
responded well to our current offer of free delivery for 
many  online  purchases  and  we  are  encouraged  by 
the rapid growth in our online sales.

We are well progressed in developing a fully integrated 
omni-channel  offer  for  consumers  including  our 
stores,  online  and  mobile.  The  redevelopment 
of  our  digital  and  online  offer  will  include:  a  new 
e-commerce  site;  MYER  one  personalisation;  click 
and collect in stores; a private shopping club for our 
top  MYER  one  members;  myfind.com  super  deals 
online;  as  well  as  other  initiatives  currently  under 
development.

With  approximately  11  million  unique  visits  to  our 
website  during  the  past  12  months,  we  see  huge 
potential  to  provide  a  leading  omni-channel  offer 
leveraged  off  our  strong  brand,  store  network,  and 
world-class supply chain.

13

04

05

”

We continued to 
evolve as an omni-
channel retailer with 
investment in our store 
network, improved 
e-commerce offer, 
superior technology, 
all underpinned by 
improving our level of 
service to customers.

”

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   13

10/10/11   11:59 AM

14

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Review of Operations continued

Merchandise

Inspiring and delighting our customers

Our  focus  remains  on  inspiring  and  delighting  our 
customers  across  all  categories  with  newness  and 
fashionability.

The category that was a standout performer during 
the  year  was  Youth,  which  incorporates  our  highly 
popular  Miss  Shop  brands.  Other  key  categories 
with strong performances were Womens and Mens 
apparel, Home and Cosmetics. 

In  response  to  changing  customer  demands,  we 
decided  to  refine  our  Electrical  offer  to  focus  on 
product  lines  more  synonymous  with  Myer.  This 
has meant that we exited whitegoods, gaming and 
consoles and reduced our music, DVD and GPS offer. 
This  restructure  allows  us  to  increase  selling  space 
allocated  to  our  more  sought-after  and  profitable 
apparel  and  furniture  ranges.  Our  future  electrical 
offering  will  continue  to  include  strong  performing 
categories  such  as  small  appliances  and  home 
theatre as well as a meaningful range of audio visual, 
home office and portable electronics.

We  were  pleased  with  a  number  of  strong 
performances  in  the  wholesale  business  including 
Bonds,  Berlei,  Seafolly,  Apple  and  the  cosmetics 
brands MAC Cosmetics and Chanel. Our customers 
welcomed  the  launch  of  the  popular  appliance 
brand  KitchenAid.  Benefit  experienced  excellent 
growth in both product sales and services including 
brow waxing and lash tinting.

Customers  have  supported  our  numerous  Myer 
Exclusive  Brands  that  continue  to  grow  as  a 
percentage of our overall product mix. This growth is 
driven by the introduction of new brands, as well as 
new product lines and brand extensions. 

Some  of  the  new  brands  introduced  this  year 
included  Leona+,  Domingo,  Design  Studio  and 
Delicious.  In  response  to  customer  feedback,  we 
have recently launched a number of new categories 
within our Myer Exclusive Brands portfolio including 
a plus-size range for women, BIB, and for men, Jack 
Stone.  We  have  also  recently  launched  a  range  of 
active  wear,  Urbane  activ  and  an  exclusive  range 
of  women’s  fashion  designed  by  Jayson  Brunsdon, 
Jayson Brunsdon Black Label. Where possible, we 
extend our more popular Myer Exclusive Brands into 

new categories. Some of the brands we expanded in 
2011,  include:  Vue  (from  Homewares  to  Furniture); 
Leona  by  Leona  Edmiston  (from  Womenswear 
to  Childrenswear  as  Little  Leona  and  plus  sizes  as 
Leona +); and Innovare Made in Italy (from footwear 
to handbags and wallets). Our best performing Myer 
Exclusive  Brands  were  Vue  (Homewares),  Design 
Studio (Fashion accessories) and Miss Shop (Youth).

Having purchased a 65 percent stake in sass & bide, 
we successfully rolled out the brand to 30 of our stores. 
Fifteen stores have a full concession offering with the 
remainder on a wholesale basis. We also welcomed 
a  number  of  prestigious  new  Australian  designer 
brands to our concession portfolio including Arthur 
Galan  AG  and  Simona. The  addition  of  these  new 
brands  further  strengthens  our  fashion  credentials 
and adds additional depth to our offer. 

Our concession business benefited from the addition 
of new apparel brands including Howard Showers 
and  Metalicus.  Concessions  that  performed  well 
during  the  year  were  Sunglass  Hut,  Karen  Millen, 
Charlie Brown, TS14+, David Lawrence and Cue.

We remain the exclusive Australian department store 
home  of  major  International  designers  including 
Balmain, Nina Ricci, Roland Mouret, Givenchy and 
Temperley London.

01

New brands strengthen our fashion 
credentials

The  addition  of  new  brands  in  2011  has  further 
strengthened the fashion credentials of the business.

In addition to our investment in sass & bide, during 
the year we purchased the stable of Wayne Cooper 
brands including Wayne Cooper, Wayne by Wayne 
Cooper,  Wayne  Jnr  by Wayne  Cooper  and  Brave 
by  Wayne  Cooper.  We  purchased  these  brands  in 
order to further consolidate our working relationship 
with this talented designer for the long term.

We  were  delighted  to  welcome  a  number  of  other 
new brands into Myer stores during 2011.

01 The addition of exciting 
new brands, including 
Luke Nguyen cookware, 
has further enhanced our 
merchandise offer 

02 A number of new Myer 
Exclusive Brand categories, 
including a plus-size range 
for women, BIB, launched 
successfully in 2011

03 Our Youth category, 
including T by Bettina 
Liano, was a strong 
performer this year

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   14

10/10/11   11:59 AM

15

nEwnEss, 
innOvAtiOn, 
inspiRAtiOn.

02

Other exciting new brands:

 › A  number  of  new 

International  designers 
introduced 
including  Catherine  Malandrino, 
The  Row,  Matthew  Williamson  Escape,  and 
Lee Anglomania an exclusive denim range from 
Vivienne Westwood

 › Gumboots,  a  fun  and  affordable  collection  for 
boys and girls complementing the existing brand 
hierarchy, was launched in Myer in Summer 2012 

 › We have secured the exclusive distribution rights 
in  Australia  for  the  renowned  Menswear  brand, 
T.M.Lewin

 › High  profile  Australian  designer,  Fleur  Wood, 
further  enhances  our  womenswear  offer  with  a 
range of feminine and bohemian designs

 › We extended our footwear and accessories range 
international  designers 

with  the  addition  of 
Stephane Kelian and Balmain

 › UK  fashion  brand,  Lipsy,  launched  exclusively  in 
our Miss Shop department for Summer 2012

 › Myer is the exclusive department store home of 
the  Luke  Nguyen  cookware  range  which  was 
successfully supported by in-store events in 2011

 › With  a  continued 

focus  on 

‘fashion  meets 
technology’ 
the  entertainment  category, 
KitchenAid was introduced to the Myer range in 
2011 with great success

in 

 › We  added  a  number  of  important  menswear 
brands including Domingo, Cambridge, Le Coq 
Sportif, Stussy, Deacon, and DKNY

 ›

 ›

In  home  we  also  added  Heritage  furniture  and 
launched  a  very  popular  range  of  Delicious 
cookware and tabletop accessories

03

Following  the  success  of  Leona  by  Leona 
Edmiston  we  extended  her  range  into  a  new 
range of Childrenswear called Little Leona.

 › Purebaby,  a  beautiful  collection  of  organic 
cotton  garments  for  infants  and  children  which 
complements  the  existing  brand  hierarchy,  was 
launched in Summer 2012

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   15

10/10/11   11:59 AM

16

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Review of Operations continued

Marketing

An integrated marketing approach

In  response  to  rapidly  changing  technology  that 
encourages 
innovative  ways  of  communicating 
with  customers,  we  have  successfully  adapted  our 
marketing strategy to incorporate online and digital 
media. While our overall marketing spend remained 
broadly  in  line  with  last  year,  we  have  reallocated 
some advertising spend from traditional advertising 
channels to MYER one direct campaigns and more 
digital marketing. 

Digital and social media

An improved e-commerce offering complements our 
store  network.  Social  media  has  been  embraced  as 
part of everyday marketing with a growing following 
on  Facebook  and  Twitter.  Our  customers  are  also 
responding  positively  as  we  post  more  engaging 
video content. 

Emporium  fashion  magazine  continued  to  be  well 
received  and  further  digital  opportunities  exist  to 
leverage the Emporium iPad application. 

Visual  merchandising  within  all  our  stores  and  the 
iconic  Myer  store  windows  continue  to  set  a 
benchmark. Innovative visual merchandise installations 
supported  the  Melbourne  store  opening  and  our 
2010 Christmas ‘Angels’ campaign was well received 
by  customers.  The  Angel  theme  was  successfully 
integrated  across  all  of  our  marketing  channels 
including in-store displays, TV, print, digital and online.

MYER one loyalty program delivers a 
competitive advantage

The  MYER  one  loyalty  program  achieved  a  major 
milestone  in  2011  when  the  number  of  members 
exceeded  four  million.  The  insights  we  gain  from 
MYER  one  data  are  uniquely  valuable  in  evaluating 
new brands, new stores, product and services mix, store 
layouts, as well as marketing and event programs. 

The number of MYER one email addresses we have 
registered continued to grow and we now have over 
1.69 million email contacts. 

We continue to reward our MYER one members and 
we distributed over $48 million in Myer rewards gift 
cards to members during 2011. We also delighted our 
top  MYER  one  members  with  over  1,000  tickets  to 
our key sponsored events. 

01

01 In addition to quarterly 
reward cards, our loyal 
MYER one customers are 
rewarded with exclusive 
events, private sales, 
preview nights, birthday 
vouchers and more 

02 We provide customer 
entertainment through 
vibrant in-store theatre 
– from the iconic Myer 
windows, to glamorous 
fashion parades, to 
appearances by children’s 
characters, celebrities and 
sporting personalities

03 We continue to support 
the communities in which 
we operate, sponsoring 
Fashions on the Field 
events at over 17 turf clubs 
across Australia this year

04 Our Designers and Myer 
Ambassadors helped to 
celebrate the relaunch of 
our flagship Melbourne 
store in March

05 Myer Emporium 
magazine reached a 
record advertising spend 
for the November 2011 
edition, demonstrating 
the attractiveness of the 
flexible format available in 
both print and as an iPad 
application

The MYER one affiliates program continued to gain 
momentum  with  325  new  outlets  signed  during 
2011, bringing the total number of affiliates to over 
1,000 individual locations for affiliates. These affiliates 
reward  their  customers  with  MYER  one  shopping 
credits  allowing  customers  to  earn  MYER  one 
shopping  credits  from  non-Myer  retail  outlets  and 
services.  Some  of  our  new  partners  include  Hertz, 
Beaurepaires and select Ritchies IGA supermarkets.

As  we  develop  our  omni-channel  strategy  our 
MYER  one  loyalty  program  will  increasingly  prove 
to be a competitive advantage, particularly with our 
plans to personalise the myer.com.au website for our 
members as part of our new web platform.

During the year, we increased the range of financial 
services offered to our customers to include insurance 
products and the Myer Christmas Club, adding to the 
existing Myer Visa offer.

Strengthening brand awareness 

Myer has a long history of supporting the community 
through event sponsorships at a local, regional and 
national  level.  Whether  on  the  catwalk  at  a  major 
fashion  festival,  trackside  at  a  local  race  day  or  on 
stage  for  carols  at  Christmas,  we  are  committed  to 
the communities in which we operate. 

In  March  2011,  our  iconic  flagship  Melbourne  store 
was officially reopened with a gala black tie cocktail 
party as the store also celebrated 100 years of being 
Melbourne’s favourite department store.

During  the  year,  we  partnered  with  17  turf  clubs 
across  Australia  and  hosted  Myer  Fashions  on  the 
Field  competitions  at  30  race  days.  The  48th  Myer 
Fashions on the Field competition at the Melbourne 
Cup  Carnival  saw  over  1,000  race-goers  enter  the 
competition at Flemington in Victoria. 

We endeavor to complement celebrity appearances 
at our sponsored events with in-store appearances to 
drive foot traffic. Successful in-store appearances this 
year  included  Jerry  Hall,  Georgia  Jagger,  Katy  Perry 
and Lord Wedgwood.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   16

10/10/11   11:59 AM

17

02

05

03

04

A fully integrated marketing 
strategy to communicate with 
our loyal MYER one members 
and customers and to engage 
with our local communities.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   17

10/10/11   11:59 AM

18

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Review of Operations  
continued

Supply chain & 
Global Sourcing 
Offices

Supply chain improving speed to market

We continued to gain efficiencies from the significant 
investment we have made over the past five years in 
our supply chain. Our efficient supply chain ensures 
that  we  get  on  trend  and  in  season  fashion  to  our 
customers. We reduced shipping lead-times from our 
Asian hubs to less than 24 days.

We continue to leverage our supply chain capability 
and  the ‘quick-ship’  program  of  our  Myer  Exclusive 
Brand  furniture  ranges  has  been  very  well  received 
by  customers.  The  quick  ship  furniture  is  held  in 
our  distribution  centres,  ensuring  speedy  delivery 
to  customers  and  represents  a  distinct  competitive 
advantage for Myer. 

With  the  support  of  many  of  our  suppliers  we 
have  increased  compliance  with  our  ‘floor  ready’ 
standards for merchandise. Merchandise is pre-hung, 
source tagged and price ticketed requiring minimal 
packaging.  In  addition  to  saving  time  for  our  team 
members when restocking, this initiative also results 
in reduced packaging.

02

03

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   18

10/10/11   11:59 AM

19

global Sourcing Offices

We  opened  offices  in  Shanghai  in  July  and  Hong 
Kong in August to enable us to further develop our 
direct  sourcing  capabilities  as  we  grow  our  Myer 
Exclusive  Brands.  The  Shanghai  office  will  manage 
the majority of sourcing from northern China, while 
the  Hong  Kong  office  will  manage  sourcing  from 
remaining regions and importantly continue to look 
for new sourcing opportunities in emerging markets. 
These  offices  are  in  addition  to  our  four  dedicated 
hubs in China that are run by Cargo Services.

The successful recruitment of over 60 team members 
ensured the offices immediately started to add value 
to  our  buying  team.  Many  of  the  new  team  were 
recruited locally and have extensive experience with 
top  Australian  and  International  retailers.  The  Myer 
Board took the opportunity in May to visit the offices 
and meet with new team members and key suppliers. 

We have implemented appropriate Quality Assurance 
and Quality Control policies and procedures. In June, 
the  Board  endorsed  our  Ethical  Sourcing  Policy. We 
continue  to  work  with  suppliers  to  improve  their 
social and environmental practices and to assist our 
suppliers to understand and implement the policy.

We  are  committed  to  responsible  business  growth 
and development, which appropriately considers and 
addresses  the  ethical  and  social  implications  of  our 
business decisions. More detail about our Sustainability 
Strategy can be found on pages 20 to 23.

05

01 Our highly-efficient 
supply chain benefits from 
strong relationships with 
our transport and supplier 
partners

02 Merchandise that 
arrives ‘floor ready’ delivers 
significant efficiency 
benefits and helps to 
reduce shrinkage

03 The Global Sourcing 
Offices in Shanghai and 
Hong Kong support the 
development of our direct 
sourcing capabilities 
and help deliver 
improved profitability

04 The investment in 
supply chain ensures 
the fast transition of 
merchandise across the 
distribution centre dock 
and into stores

05 Our Global Sourcing 
Offices will enable more 
efficient and effective 
sourcing

01

04

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   19

10/10/11   11:59 AM

20

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

sustainability
Committed to building a 
socially responsible business

At Myer, we are committed to responsible business growth and 
development. Our Sustainability Strategy is comprised of four  
key focus areas: people, community, business and environment.

People

Myer is one of the largest private sector employers 
in  Australia,  with  over  13,000  team  members 
throughout the country. Our team members are 
integral to what we do as they interact with our 
customers every day. 

Learning and development

We are committed to investing in our people to ensure 
we can develop talent from within the business. Our 
Store Management Development Program helps build 
competency  among  high-potential  team  members 
who aspire to leadership positions at Myer. We also 
have a Graduate Development Program with almost 
50  graduates  successfully  completing  the  program 
since  2007.  We  have  strong  relationships  with 
universities including RMIT and the Australian Centre 
for Retail Studies (ACRS) at Monash University.

These  relationships  have  led  to  the  employment  of 
talented  product  development  interns  from  RMIT 
in  our  buying  and  merchandise  areas,  while  many 
team  members  have  gained  valuable  insights  into 
key  national  and  international  retail  trends  through 
international  study  tours  and  training 
seminars, 
programs conducted by the ACRS.

We  invest  in  skills  development  and  leadership 
programs  to  ensure  that  our  team  members  are 
proud to work at Myer and that they can contribute 
to the best of their abilities.

Team member benefits and wellness

With  a  workforce  comprised  of  almost  80  percent 
female team members, Myer was proud to be the first 
major  Australian  retailer  to  introduce  paid  parental 
leave  in  2009.  We  are  committed  to  helping  team 
members  balance  work  and  family  responsibilities 
and  encourage  a  long  and  fulfilling  career  at  Myer. 
In  2011,  we  initiated  a  Keeping  in  Touch  newsletter 
to  ensure  team  members  on  parental  leave  remain 
connected with Myer. We have a flexible work policy 
and are committed to the health and wellness of our 

people  including  gym  membership  at  our  support 
office,  and  access  to  counselling  through  the  Myer 
Team Member Support Service.

Reward and Recognition

The  Myer  Inspirational  People  Awards  are  held 
in  October  each  year  to  celebrate  the  success  of 
individuals  and  teams  who  have  worked  hard  to 
achieve our goals.

Our CEO’s High Performers Club and Service Heroes 
continue  to  be  key  elements  of  our  reward  and 
recognition program for store team members. 

The  annual  Myer  25  Year  Club  celebrations  are  an 
opportunity to acknowledge the long term service of 
many individuals to our business and we were proud 
to induct an additional 150 members to the Club in 
2011. The numbers continue to grow demonstrating 
the commitment and loyalty of our team members.

Safety

We are committed to safety in all areas of our business 
and  it  remains  a  key  performance  measure.  We 
maintained  a  manual  handling  focus,  with  training 
available for team members as well as implementing 
specific  interventions  aimed  at  reducing  manual 
handling risks. Safe Work Australia Week was recognised 
with  a  week  of  activities  in  our  stores  and  Support 
Office in October 2010. We have improved our safety 
hazard identification process in stores and distribution 
centres.  We  have  a  structured  safety  audit  program 
in  place  to  monitor  the  performance  of  our  overall 
safety system.

As a result of this focus, we were pleased to deliver 
ongoing  improvements  in  our  safety  performance 
across  the  business  in  2011,  with  all  our  safety 
measures  delivering  improved  results  on  last  year. 
Lost  Time  Injury  Frequency  Rate  declined  to  11.5, 
a  20  percent  reduction  on  last  year. The  hours  lost 
associated with injury also declined by 8 percent.

02

03

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   20

10/10/11   12:00 PM

”
We are committed to 
making a difference to 
our local communities 
and supporting their 
charities and initiatives.

01

Community

21

”

Our engagement with the local community and 
continued support of charities and initiatives is a 
key part of our Sustainability Strategy.

During the year, we sponsored Mary Poppins the Musical 
and  the  Melbourne  Symphony  Orchestra,  engaging 
communities, including Bendigo, Ballarat and Geelong.

committed to our communities

Our  team  members  make  a  difference  to  their 
communities through their active involvement in the 
Myer Stores Community Fund as well as many local 
activities.  The  fund  contributes  to  children,  youth 
and women’s health charities and in 2011 raised over 
$1.5 million through initiatives and events including 
the Precious Metal Ball. The fund distributes to over 
80  charities  nationwide, 
including  the  Salvation 
Army,  the  Olivia  Newton-John  Cancer  and Wellness 
Centre, Canteen and the Cancer Council. 

Our  stores  enjoy  engaging  closely  with  their  local 
communities. In financial year 2011, stores allocated 
over  $1  million  to  local  community  initiatives  and 
public events through sponsorship and grants. 

We  continued  our  partnership  with Vision  Australia’s 
Carols by Candlelight, presented by Myer on Christmas 
Eve  in  Melbourne. We  were  delighted  to  receive  the 
2011  Vision  Australia  Award  –  Corporate,  for  our 
ongoing  support  of  the  organisation’s  important 
work.  Community  support  of  Christmas  activities 
also included events in Melbourne, Hobart, Perth and 
Brisbane, continuing the tradition of Christmas as an 
important celebration for Myer and its customers.

Since  1993,  the ‘Myer  Spirit  of  Christmas’  CD  has 
raised  $5.5  million  for  the  Salvation  Army,  and 
$650,000  for  The  Starlight  Foundation.  In  2010, 
profits from the CD supported The Salvation Army’s 
Children and Youth programs.

Disaster relief and fundraising support

Myer  team  members  demonstrated  enormous 
commitment  and  determination  in  response  to  the 
natural disasters in Queensland, Victoria and Western 
Australia in 2011. Team members rallied to help those 
impacted,  offering  donations  and  their  own  time 
in support. 

Myer  stores  collected  funds  at  POS  on  behalf  of 
the  Premier’s  Disaster  Relief  Appeal  in  Queensland 
and  the  Red  Cross  Victorian  Floods  Appeal.  Myer 
provided grants to team members directly impacted 
and  the  Myer  Family  and  Friends  Flood  Relief  Fund 
also  provided  support.  Toowoomba  was  one  of 
the  hardest  hit  areas  in  Queensland,  and  when  we 
reopened  our  store  that  had  been  inundated  by 
floodwaters,  we  hosted  an  activity-filled  day  for 
the  Toowoomba  community  including  an  in-store 
appearance by Jennifer Hawkins.

community health

Since  2009,  we  have  offered  a  free  breast  cancer 
screening service in select stores in New South Wales. 
The  service  is  a  result  of  a  community  partnership 
with  Westmead  Breast  Cancer  Institute  (BCI),  with 
funding  from  the  BCI,  the  Cancer  Institute  NSW, 
Sydney  West  Area  Health  Service  and  the  NSW 
Department  of  Health.  Thousands  of  women  have 
taken  advantage  of  the  BCI  Sunflower  Clinics  with 
convenient locations and extended opening times.

04

01 Community Passion 
finalists from the 2010 
Inspirational People 
Awards: Charmaine 
Goodwin, representing 
Myer Penrith; Karen 
Raufers, representing Myer 
Wagga Community Fund; 
and Di Keogh, the winner, 
from Myer Marion (left to 
right)

02 The Myer Stores 
Community Fund Precious 
Metal Ball is a highlight 
of the community 
calendar and a key annual 
fundraising event

03 Our buyer in training 
program helps develop 
talent within the business 
with the support of 
mentors and guidance 
from senior management 

04 We are proud to have 
been the principal sponsor 
of the Vision Australia 
Carols by Candlelight since 
2007, celebrated each year 
at the Sidney Myer Music 
Bowl in Melbourne

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   21

10/10/11   12:00 PM

22

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

sustainability continued

Business sustainability

In all our business decisions we aim to meet or 
exceed  the  expectations  of  key  stakeholders 
including  customers,  investors,  suppliers  and 
the community.

Ethical sourcing

Our Ethical Sourcing Policy is based on internationally 
accepted  labour  standards,  and  clearly  outlines  the 
standards  that  all  suppliers  are  required  to  comply 
with  when  producing  and  supplying  merchandise 
for Myer. As we increase our level of direct sourcing 
through  our  Global  Sourcing  Offices  a  robust  audit 
framework  has  been  designed  to  manage  supplier 
compliance  with  the  Policy.  Supplier  compliance 
reviews  and  audits  are  prioritised  based  on  the 
perceived  level  of  risk,  and  may  include  supplier 
corrective action plans.

Fair trading 

We  are  committed  to  meeting  our  fair  trading 
compliance obligations, and ensuring team members 
deal  with  customers  and  suppliers  in  a  responsible 
manner.  We  have  developed  a  tailored  Fair Trading 
Compliance  Program  in  accordance  with  Australian 
Standard  3806,  and  maintain  ongoing  fair  trading 
training for team members in stores and the Support 
Office, particularly in specialist areas such as Buying 
and Marketing. 

02

product responsibility

Product quality and safety is carefully managed and 
monitored  by  dedicated  local  and  overseas  Quality 
Assurance and Merchandise Compliance teams within 
our  business. We  are  committed  to  building  quality 
and  safety  compliance  into  all  of  the  products  that 
we source, develop and sell. Products are subject to 
ongoing  safety  reviews  by  a  specialist  compliance 
team having regard to all applicable safety standards.

governance

We aim to maintain appropriate governance standards 
in our business dealings and to behave with integrity 
in  all 
interactions  with  customers,  stakeholders, 
government, team members and the community. All 
Myer  team  members,  directors  and  contractors 
must  comply  with  Myer’s  Code  of  Conduct.  Our 
commitment to Corporate Governance is described 
in  the  Corporate  Governance  Statement  on  pages 
28 to 34 of this report.

”

01

Committed to responsible 
business growth and 
development.

”

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   22

10/10/11   12:00 PM

23

”

An ongoing commitment  
to energy efficiency and 
waste management.

”

01 Our Support Office in 
Docklands, Victoria, has 
achieved 5 Green Star 
Office Design rating (V2) 
from the Green Building 
Council Australia and was 
registered for a 5 Green 
Star As Built (V2) rating

02 We are committed to 
ensuring the products we 
sell comply with safety and 
quality standards 

03 Over the past five years 
we have collected on 
average 16 million hangers 
per year for reuse and 
recycling, reducing our 
impact on the environment

04 We are committed 
to ensuring our people, 
customers, contractors 
and suppliers are safe at all 
times through training and 
safe work practices

03

Environment

is  an 

Environmental  sustainability 
integral 
component  of  our  Sustainability  Strategy.  We 
are  committed  to  minimising  the  impact  of  our 
operations  on  the  environment,  and  raising 
sustainability  awareness  amongst  our  team 
members and customers. 

Energy efficiency initiatives

Energy efficiency and waste management continues 
to be a focus for our stores and Support Office. In May 
2011,  the  business  committed  to  a  lamp  upgrade 
program  to  replace  current  lamps  in  store  to  more 
energy efficient models. The program aims to reduce 
overall  energy  consumption  and  energy  costs, 
improve  the  quality  of  lighting  in  store,  and  reduce 
the  number  of  lamp  changes  and  maintenance 
required. Key environmental and cost saving benefits 
include:

 ›

 ›

Forecast  annual  savings  of  13,400,000+  kWh  of 
energy per annum; 

Substantial  reduction  in  our  carbon  footprint 
by  saving  in  excess  of  198  million  kWh  of  C02 
emissions,  and  preventing  the  disposal  of  over 
970,000 lamps into landfill. 

waste, recycling and reuse

We  have  a  number  of  programs  in  store  to  address 
waste  recycling  and  reuse  programs  for  paper, 
cardboard, plastic, hangers, security hard tags, e-waste 
and textiles. Team members are required to report on 
the  collection  of  plastic  and  paper-based  recyclable 
materials. The  Hanger  Reuse  and  Recycle  Program  is 
monitored to ensure collection and re-use of hangers 

04

is occurring in our stores. The Merchandise Protection 
Hard Tag Reuse and Recycle Program allows tags to 
be removed at the POS and returned to the supplier 
for  reuse,  thereby  reducing  the  number  of  tags  
in circulation. 

The  upgrade  of  our  IT  infrastructure  across  our 
stores  delivered  benefits  to  both  the  business 
and  environment.  The  e-waste  recycling  of  POS 
units  resulted  in  over  103  tonnes  of  material  being 
diverted  from  landfill.  The  equipment  upgrade  has 
also delivered energy savings. The ‘floor ready’ supply 
chain  initiative  has  already  resulted  in  a  significant 
reduction  in  distribution  packaging  materials  and 
there is potential to improve on these results.

In  2011,  we  supported  the  Berlei  Bra  Recycling 
Program, encouraging customers and team members 
to donate their unwanted bras. As well as incorporating 
a benefit to the environment and global community, 
this  was  a  fundraising  initiative  for  Breast  Cancer 
Network  Australia.  We  also  partnered  with  the  NSW 
Government in the Save Power Retail Program across 
all NSW stores, promoting the environmental and cost 
saving  benefits  of  energy  efficient  appliances.  Since 
2008  we  have  been  partnering  with  Sustainability 
Victoria, 
in  the  Resourcesmart  Business  Program, 
across all Victorian stores.

commitment to Australian packaging 
covenant

In  March  2011,  we  submitted  our  Five  Year  Action 
Plan under the Australian Packaging Covenant (APC), 
and  reaffirmed  our  commitment  to  adopting  the 
APC Sustainable Packaging Guidelines and principles 
of product stewardship. Our Packaging and Recycling 
Workgroup focuses on identifying and implementing 
sustainable  packaging  solutions,  minimising  waste 
and  optimising  reuse  and  recycling  opportunities 
across the business.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   23

10/10/11   12:00 PM

24

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Board of Directors

01

02

03

01
Howard McDonald
Chairman

Independent Non-Executive Director
Member of the Board since 6 November 2006
Non-Executive Chairman since 4 August 2009
Member – Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee

Howard brings significant retail and fashion 
experience to the Myer business with 35 years 
of experience in consumer goods industries.

04

Howard was previously Managing Director of The 
Just Group, from December 1997 to September 
2006, during which time he repositioned and 
expanded the Group. In 2001, he led the Just 
Jeans Group into Australia’s first public to private 
management buyout and in May 2004 Just Group 
was re-listed on the ASX. Just Group is the largest 
specialty apparel retailer in Australasia with over 
800 stores. Its stable of brands includes Just Jeans, 
Jay Jays, Jacqui E, Portmans, Peter Alexander 
Sleepwear and Dotti.

Prior to this, Howard held a number of roles 
within the Pacific Dunlop Group across Footwear, 
Clothing and Textiles, and Corporate, including 
heading up Corporate Affairs for Pacific Dunlop, 
where he sat on all the Management Boards of 
this diversified conglomerate. Howard’s time at 
Pacific Dunlop culminated in the role of Managing 
Director of Pacific Brands Clothing, where he 
focused on offshore manufacturing, international 
marketing and textile manufacturing, managing 
brands such as Bonds, Holeproof, Berlei, Jockey 
and others.

05

Howard holds a Bachelor of Economics degree 
from Monash University and is a Fellow of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors. Howard 
resides in Victoria and is 61 years of age.

06

Other current directorships

Howard is currently Chairman of Rodd & Gunn 
Australia Limited (a Myer supplier) and Rodd & 
Gunn New Zealand.

02
Bernie Brookes
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Member of the Board since 12 July 2006

Bernie was appointed Chief Executive Officer and 
Managing Director of the Myer Group on 2 June 
2006. In his role, Bernie has been responsible for 
the transition of Myer following the separation 
from the Coles Group and rebuilding the Myer 
business under new ownership. Bernie has spent 
35 years working within the retail industry in 
local and international roles in India and China. 
Prior to joining Myer, Bernie was a Management 
Director of Woolworths and was a chief architect 
of Woolworths’ Project Refresh, which reduced 
costs by more than $5 billion over five years and 
reinvested the savings back into the business. 
His Woolworths experience also included a 
variety of general management positions in 
three states across the Buying, IT, Marketing and 
Operations departments.

Bernie has also held a number of roles as president 
and executive of various industry organisations 
including Retail Traders Association in Queensland 
and Victoria and President of the Queensland 
Grocery Association. He has assisted on a 
number of charitable and government ventures 
and committees.

Bernie is currently patron of the Australian 
Joe Berry Memorial Award and the Australian 
representative judge of the World Retail Awards.

Bernie holds a Bachelor of Arts degree and 
Diploma of Education from Macquarie University. 
Bernie resides in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is 51 years of age.

Other current directorships

Bernie is a Member of the Advisory Board of First 
Unity Financial Group.

Bernie is also a Director of the Advisory Board of 
the Salvation Army.

07

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   24

10/10/11   12:00 PM

04
Tom Flood
Independent Non-Executive Director

06
peter Hay 
Independent Non-Executive Director

25

Member of the Board since 17 March 2009
Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee

Tom has been a Director of Myer Pty Ltd since 
26 July 2007 and a Director of Myer Holdings 
Limited since 17 March 2009.

Tom brings to Myer 39 years of experience in the 
retail sector, with the majority of his career spent 
in the supermarket industry.

 Tom joined Woolworths upon his arrival in 
Australia. During his time there, Tom assumed the 
position of General Manager, Supermarkets for 
Western Australia and subsequently for Victoria 
(Safeway). In these roles, Tom oversaw all areas 
of the supermarket business, including buying, 
marketing, store operations, distribution, finance, 
security and insurance. Tom was subsequently 
appointed Chief General Manager Operations 
for all Woolworths stores in Australia. Following 
that, Tom was appointed to the role of Director 
of Supermarkets with overall responsibility for 
Woolworths’ core supermarkets business.

 Tom began his retail career in Ireland with the 
Superquinn Supermarket Group before moving to 
London for a role with the United States-owned 
Safeway Supermarket group. Tom resides in 
Victoria and is 63 years of age.

05
chris Froggatt 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Member of the Board since 9 December 2010
Chair – Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee

Chris Froggatt was appointed as a non-executive 
director of Myer Holdings Limited in December 
2010. Chris has a broad industry background, 
including consumer branded products, retailing 
and hospitality, and covering industries such 
as beverage, food and confectionery through 
her appointments at Britvic, Whitbread, Diageo 
and Mars. 

She has over 20 years’ executive experience as a 
human resources specialist in leading international 
companies, including Brambles Industries plc and 
Brambles Industries Ltd, Whitbread Group plc, 
Diageo plc, Mars Inc. and Unilever NV. 

Chris has recently served on the Boards of Britvic 
plc and Sports Direct International plc and as an 
independent trustee director of Berkeley Square 
Pension Trustee Company Limited. 

Chris holds a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in English 
Literature from the University of Leeds (UK). Chris 
is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Personnel 
Development and a member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors. Chris resides in 
New South Wales and is 53 years of age.

Other current directorships

Chris currently serves on the Board of Goodman 
Fielder Limited. Chris is currently a Non-executive 
Director on the Board of the Australian Chamber 
Orchestra.

Member of the Board since 3 February 2010

Peter has a strong background in company law 
and investment banking work, with particular 
expertise in relation to mergers and acquisitions. 
He has also had significant involvement in advising 
governments and government-owned enterprises.

Peter was the Chief Executive of law firm Freehills 
(2000 to 2005) where he had been partner 
since 1977.

Peter holds a Law Degree from the University 
of Melbourne and is a Fellow of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors. Peter resides in 
Victoria and is 61 years of age.

Other current directorships

Peter is currently Chairman of Lazard Pty Ltd’s 
Advisory Board, and a Director of Alumina Limited 
(since 2002). He is a Director of Australia and New 
Zealand Banking Group Limited (since 2008), a 
Director of GUD Holdings Limited (since 2009) and a 
Director of NBN Co Limited (since 2009). Peter is also 
a part-time member of the Takeovers Panel (since 
2009). Peter is also a Director of Epworth Foundation 
(since 2008) and Landcare Australia Ltd (since 2008).

07
Rupert Myer AM
Independent Non-Executive Director

Member of the Board since 12 July 2006
Member – Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee
Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee

Rupert is Chairman of the Myer Family Company 
Ltd, an actively managed investment, family 
office and wealth services group. He was formerly 
a director of MCS Property Limited. Rupert is a 
member of the University of Melbourne Faculty 
of Business and Economics Advisory Board.

His previous community activities have been as 
Chairman of the NGV Foundation, International 
Social Service and Work Placement and as a board 
member of The Museum of Contemporary Art 
and a trustee of The National Gallery of Victoria. He 
chaired the Federal Government’s Inquiry into the 
Contemporary Visual Arts and Craft Sector, which 
completed its report in 2002.

Rupert holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) 
degree from the University of Melbourne and a 
Master of Arts from the University of Cambridge 
and is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors. He became a Member of the 
Order of Australia in January 2005 for service to 
the arts, for support of museums, galleries, and the 
community through a range of philanthropic and 
service organisations. Rupert resides in Victoria 
and is 53 years of age.

Other current directorships

Rupert is Chairman of the Myer Family Company 
Ltd and a director of AMCIL Limited and 
Diversified United Investment Limited. He intends 
to retire as Chairman of the Myer Family Company 
Ltd in October 2011, but will remain on the board 
as a Director. He is Chairman of the National 
Gallery of Australia and a board member of the 
National Gallery of Australia Foundation. He also 
serves as Chairman of Kaldor Public Arts Projects, 
as a member of the Felton Bequests’ Committee 
and as a board member of Jawun – Indigenous 
Corporate Partnerships and The Myer Foundation.

03
Anne Brennan
Independent Non-Executive Director

Member of the Board since 16 September 2009
Chair – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee
Member – Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee

Anne brings to the Myer business strong financial 
credentials and business experience. Anne has 
worked in a variety of senior management roles 
in both large corporates and professional services 
firms. She has extensive experience in mergers 
and acquisitions, financial management, treasury, 
audit, risk management, tax, investor relations and 
ASX and statutory reporting.

During Anne’s executive career, she was the CFO 
at CSR and the Finance Director at the Coates 
Group. Prior to her executive roles, Anne was a 
partner in three professional services firms: KPMG, 
Arthur Andersen and Ernst & Young. She has 
more than 20 years experience in audit, corporate 
finance and transaction services. Anne was also 
a member of the national executive team and a 
board member of Ernst & Young.

Anne holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) 
degree from University College Galway. She is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in Australia and a Fellow of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors. Anne resides in New South 
Wales and is 51 years of age.

Other current directorships

Anne is currently a Director of Argo Investments 
Limited, Charter Hall Group, Nufarm Limited 
and Cuscal Limited. She is also a Director of the 
Australia Ireland Fund and a Councillor of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors (NSW).

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   25

10/10/11   12:00 PM

26

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Management team

01

04

07

02

05

08

03

06

09

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   26

10/10/11   12:00 PM

27

07
Megan Foster
Group General Manager Marketing 
and Brand Development

Megan was appointed GGM Marketing and 
Brand Development in November 2010. Megan is 
responsible for advertising and direct marketing, 
visual merchandising, public relations and events, 
the MYER one loyalty program, Emporium 
magazine, myer.com.au creative, customer 
insights and research as well as brand strategy. 

Megan has 21 years of retail experience and joined 
Myer in June 2006 as a management consultant. 
In April 2008, Megan was appointed to the role of 
Director Store Concepts and Design and as part 
of this role oversaw the redevelopment of the 
flagship Myer Melbourne store. 

08
Adam Stapleton
Group General Manager Merchandise

Adam has 16 years of industry experience. Adam 
was appointed to the role of GGM Merchandise 
in December 2010 with some adjustments to his 
portfolio in September 2011. Adam is responsible 
for Men’s, Home, Furniture, Entertainment, 
General Merchandise and Toys businesses as 
well as International and Domestic Logistics, 
Merchandise Planning and Store and Business 
Support. Adam joined Myer in 2003, and has 
held a number of positions including National 
Manager of Advertising and Loyalty and General 
Manager Marketing.

Prior to joining Myer, Adam worked for a number 
of organisations across a diverse range of 
industries, including Kodak, Accenture and ANZ.

09
Marion Rodwell
General Counsel and Company Secretary

Marion Rodwell is the Company Secretary of the 
Company. Marion was appointed Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary in 2008. Marion 
has over 20 years of corporate, commercial, 
litigation and governance experience. Prior to 
joining Myer, Marion held General Counsel and 
Company Secretary roles in the financial services, 
gaming and retail industries, including with 
Tattersall’s and IOOF.  

Marion holds a Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor 
of Economics from Monash University, and is a 
member of the Law Institute of Victoria and the 
Australian Corporate Lawyers Association. In 2010, 
Marion was awarded ACLA Australian Corporate 
Lawyer of the Year.

03
Nick Abboud 
Executive General Manager Stores

Nick oversees the operations of the Myer network, 
including store operational budgeting, workforce 
planning, store projects and asset protection. 
Nick’s portfolio also includes Store Development 
and Information Technology. Nick is responsible 
for all aspects of Myer’s store operations from 
conceptualisation to delivery of operational 
strategies. Nick’s current focus is on improving 
customer service in all Myer stores.

Nick joined Myer in 1993 as a department 
manager and over the past 17 years has 
progressed through various store management 
and regional management roles. 

04
greg Travers
Executive General Manager 
Business Services

Greg was appointed Myer’s Director of Strategic 
Planning and Human Resources in June 2006 and 
then EGM Business Services in November 2010. In 
his role, Greg oversees all aspects of Myer’s human 
resources including organisational development, 
recruitment and training, employee relations, as 
well as risk, safety and sustainability, corporate 
affairs, Myer’s program office, various other service 
functions and the development of Myer‘s strategic 
planning framework.

Greg has over 30 years of industry experience 
including with WMC Resources Ltd, Pratt Group 
and BHP. 

05
Timothy clark
Group General Manager Property, 
Store Development and Services

Tim has 28 years of retail experience and was 
appointed GGM Property, Store Development 
and Services in January 2011. He is responsible for 
overseeing the management of Myer’s existing 
property network, including the sourcing of new 
locations that will allow Myer to meet its wider 
business objectives. He also oversees all in-store 
design developments, refurbishments and the 
ongoing facilities management of the current 
Myer stores assets. In addition, Tim has IT within 
his portfolio of accountability.

06
Judy coomber
Group General Manager Merchandise

Judy has over 30 years of retail experience and 
was appointed to the role of Group Business 
Manager Fashion and Accessories in 2009 and 
GGM Merchandise in December 2010, with some 
adjustments to her portfolio in September 2011. 
Judy is responsible for overseeing all areas of 
Womenswear, Miss Shop, Childrens, Intimates, 
Shoes and Accessories businesses as well as 
Cosmetics, Global Sourcing Offices, Quality 
Assurance, Quality Control and Concessions. 
At Myer, Judy has held a number of roles within 
stores and in the buying office. 

Judy has also held senior merchandising roles 
at Roger David, Hallensteins and the Sportsgirl/
Sportscraft Group. Judy is a former Non-Executive 
Director of Ezibuy, the largest mail order business 
in Australasia.

01
Bernie Brookes
Chief Executive Officer and 
Managing Director

Bernie was appointed Chief Executive Officer and 
Managing Director of Myer in June 2006. In his 
role, Bernie has been responsible for the transition 
of Myer following the separation from the Coles 
Group, rebuilding the Myer business under private 
ownership and now leading Myer as an ASX-listed 
public company. 

Bernie has spent 35 years working within the retail 
industry in local and international roles. 

02
Mark Ashby
Chief Financial Officer

Mark was appointed Chief Financial Officer 
(CFO) of Myer in January 2008. As CFO, Mark’s 
responsibilities cover all accounting, treasury 
management, taxation, compliance and internal 
audit aspects of the business. In addition Mark has 
responsibility for Procurement and the Financial 
Services division of Myer.

Prior to joining Myer, Mark was CFO of Mitre 10, 
the Finance Director of Motorola and a Finance 
Director in a number of organisations in retail  
and technology. Mark is a fellow of CPA Australia 
and a member of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   27

10/10/11   12:00 PM

28

M Y ER   H O LDINGS
Annual Report 2011

  L I MITED

Corporate Governance 
statement

Introduction

The Board of Myer Holdings Limited (the Company) is committed to achieving 
the highest standards of corporate governance. In this statement, the 
Company and its controlled entities together are referred to as the Group.

The Board is concerned to ensure that the Group is properly managed 
to protect and enhance shareholder interests, and that the Company, its 
Directors, officers and employees operate in an appropriate environment of 
corporate governance. 

The Board has adopted a corporate governance framework 
comprising principles and policies that are consistent with the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations (2nd Edition) (ASX Principles). This framework is 
designed to promote responsible management and assists the Board 
to discharge its corporate governance responsibilities on behalf of the 
Company’s shareholders.

This statement outlines the Group’s main corporate governance practices and 
policies in place throughout the financial year and at the date of this report, 
through discussion of:
 ʯ
 ʯ
 ʯ
 ʯ

the Board of Directors; 
the operation and responsibilities of the Board Committees; 
risk management; and 
the Group’s key corporate governance policies.

The policies and charters referred to in this statement are available from the 
Corporate Governance page in the Investor Centre section of Myer’s website 
(www.myer.com.au/investor). The Group regularly reviews its policies and 
charters to ensure that they remain consistent with the Board’s objectives, 
current laws and best practice. 

The following table indicates where specific ASX Principles are discussed 
in this statement.

ASX principle

Location in corporate 
governance Statement 

Principle 1   Lay solid foundations for 

management and oversight

1.1, 1.4

Principle 2   Structure the board to add value

1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8, 
2.1, 2.2

Principle 3   Promote ethical and 

responsible decision-making

4.1, 4.3, 4.5

Principle 4   Safeguard integrity in 

financial reporting

1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 3.3

Principle 5   Make timely and 

balanced disclosure

4.2 

Principle 6   Respect the rights of shareholders

4.4

Principle 7   Recognise and manage risk

3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5

Principle 8   Remunerate fairly and responsibly

1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 4.3

part 1 — The Board of Directors 

Relevant documents 
 ʯ
Board Charter and relationship with management
 ʯ Nomination and Remuneration Committee Charter 

Available from the Investor Centre section of Myer’s website: 
www.myer.com.au/investor 

1.1  Role and responsibilities of the Board 
The Board has ultimate responsibility for setting policy regarding the business 
and affairs of the Company for the benefit of shareholders and other stakeholders. 
The Board represents and serves the interests of the Company’s shareholders by 
overseeing and appraising the Company’s strategies, policies and performance. 

The Board has adopted a Board Charter to provide a framework for its 
effective operation. The Board Charter outlines the manner in which the 
Board’s constitutional powers and responsibilities will be exercised and 
discharged, having regard to principles of good corporate governance,  
best practice and applicable laws. 

The Board Charter addresses the following:
 ʯ
 ʯ

Board composition and process; 
the role and responsibilities of the Board, Directors, the Chair and the 
Chief Executive Officer (CEO); 

 ʯ matters specifically reserved for the Board or its Committees; 
 ʯ
 ʯ

the relationship and interaction between the Board and management; and 
delegation by the Board to Board Committees and management. 

As set out in the Board Charter, the responsibilities of the Board include:
 ʯ

to monitor corporate performance and the implementation of strategy 
and policy; 
to select, appoint and evaluate the performance of, determine the 
remuneration of, and plan the succession of the CEO; 
on recommendation of the CEO, to select, appoint and review the 
performance of the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and other senior executives; 
to contribute to and approve management development of corporate strategy, 
including setting performance objectives and approving operating budgets; 
to review, ratify and monitor systems of risk management and internal 
control and ethical and legal compliance; 
to approve major capital expenditure, acquisitions and divestments, 
and monitor capital management;
to monitor and review management processes; and 
to develop and review corporate governance principles and policies.

 ʯ

 ʯ

 ʯ

 ʯ

 ʯ

 ʯ
 ʯ

The Board delegates the implementation of the strategic objectives, plans and 
budgets approved by the Board to the CEO and management. Management are 
acountable to the Board, and are required to provide the Board with information 
in a form, timeframe and quality that enables the Board to discharge its duties 
effectively. Directors are entitled to request additional information at any time that 
they consider appropriate. 

The roles of CEO and Chairman are not exercised by the same individual. 
The roles of CEO and Chairman are separate, and the Board Charter sets out 
clear responsibilities for each office. 

The Chairman is responsible for:
 ʯ

representing the Board to shareholders and communicating the 
Board’s position; 
providing leadership to the Board to ensure that it operates efficiently 
and effectively;
ensuring that the Board’s decisions have been implemented; 
ensuring that the Board fulfils its obligations under the Board Charter 
and as required under relevant legislation; and 
promoting constructive and respectful relationships between the 
Board and management.

 ʯ

 ʯ
 ʯ

 ʯ

The Board approves corporate objectives for the CEO to satisfy and, jointly 
with the CEO, develops the duties and responsibilities of the CEO. The CEO is 
responsible for:
 ʯ managing the Company as directed by the Board; and 
 ʯ

implementing strategic objectives, plans and budgets approved 
by the Board.

11141_MYER_AR11_Editorial_PPv1.indd   28

10/10/11   12:00 PM

 
29

1.2  Composition of the Board 
The Board comprises seven Directors. The majority of the Board, including the Chairman, are independent Non‑Executive Directors. 

Name 

Howard McDonald

Bernie Brookes

Anne Brennan 

Tom Flood 

Chris Froggatt

Peter Hay 

Rupert Myer 

Position 

Appointed

Chairman, Independent Non‑Executive Director

6 November 20061

CEO and Managing Director

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Independent Non‑Executive Director

12 July 2006

16 September 2009

17 March 20092 

9 December 2010

3 February 2010

12 July 2006

1  H McDonald was appointed a Director on 6 November 2006, and Chairman on 4 August 2009.

2 

T Flood was appointed a Director of Myer Pty Ltd in 2007.

Ms Froggatt was appointed as Director with effect from 9 December 2010. 
All other Directors served as directors for the entire reporting period. Details 
of the qualifications, experience and special responsibilities of each current 
Director are set out on pages 24 to 25 of the Annual Report.

The Company’s Constitution states that the minimum number of Directors is 
four and the maximum is fixed by the Directors but may not be more than 12. 
Directors may be appointed to the Board to fill casual vacancies and are 
elected at Annual General Meetings of the Company.

The Board, together with the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, 
reviews the composition of the Board and the skills and experience of 
the Directors. It is intended that the Board will comprise a majority of 
independent Non‑Executive Directors and Directors from a diverse range of 
backgrounds, with complementary skills and experience. This will ensure that 
the composition of the Board reflects a range of independence, expertise and 
experience appropriate to the Group’s business and strategy.

The Board is considering the appointment of a new Director in the future to 
further enhance the skills and experience of the Board.

1.3   Directors’ independence 
The Board considers the independence of its Non‑Executive Directors each year. 

Guidelines and materiality thresholds for determining independence 
The Board Charter sets out guidelines and materiality thresholds that the 
Board has adopted to assist in determining the independence of Directors. 
The Board only considers Directors to be independent where they are 
independent of management and free of any business or other relationship 
that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to 
interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgement. 

As a guideline for determining the independence of Directors, the Board 
has adopted a definition of independence that is based on that set out in 
Box 2.1 of the ASX Principles. In general, Directors will be considered to be 
independent if they are not members of management and they: 
 ›

are not a substantial shareholder of the Company, or an officer of, or otherwise 
associated directly with, a substantial shareholder of the Company;
have not, within the last three years, been employed in an executive 
capacity by the Company or another Group member;
except in connection with reorganisations within the Group, have not 
within the last three years been a principal or employee of a material 
professional adviser or a material consultant to the Company or another 
Group member;
are not a material supplier to, or customer of the Company or another 
Group member or an officer of or otherwise associated directly or 
indirectly with a material supplier or customer of the Company; and 
have no material contractual relationship with the Company or another 
Group member, other than as a Director of the Company.

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

The Board considers thresholds of materiality for the purposes of assessing 
‘independence’ on a case‑by‑case basis, having regard to both quantitative 
and qualitative principles. Without limiting the Board’s discretion, the Board 
has adopted the following guidelines:
 ›

The Board will determine the appropriate base to apply (e.g. revenue, 
equity or expenses) in the context of each situation.
In general, the Board will consider an affiliation with a business that 
accounts for less than 5% of the relevant base to be immaterial for the 
purposes of determining independence. Where this threshold is exceeded, 
the Board will review the materiality of the particular circumstance.
The Board will review any holding of 5% or more of the Company’s shares, 
and will generally consider a holding of 10% or more of the Company’s 
shares to be material.

 ›

 ›

At the same time, the Board will undertake a qualitative assessment of 
independence, which is an overriding requirement for independence. 
Specifically, the Board will consider whether there are any factors or 
considerations which may mean that the Director’s interest, business or 
relationship (even if it does not trigger the quantitative requirements 
discussed above) could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially 
interfere with the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the Company. 

Assessment of the independence of the Company’s Directors 
The Board is currently made up of seven Directors, six of whom are 
Non‑Executive Directors. At the date of signing the Directors’ Report, it is the 
Board’s view that each of its Non‑Executive Directors is independent. 

Directors did not participate in deliberations or vote in relation to their own 
independence.

Details of the relationships affecting Directors’ independence and their 
independent status are set out below.

Howard McDonald
Mr McDonald was appointed a Director of the Company in November 2006 
and Chairman in August 2009. 

Prior to the public listing of the Company on 2 November 2009, the 
Company was owned by a private consortium. Mr McDonald provided 
certain consultancy services to that consortium from October 2006 to March 
2009. The consultancy services were limited to women’s fashion brand 
development. The Company was privately owned during the period that 
Mr McDonald provided these services.

Further, Mr McDonald has not had any relationship with the private 
consortium since the listing of the Company, and Mr McDonald’s involvement 
with the Company has been entirely in his capacity as a Non‑Executive 
Director and Chairman. 

In light of the status of these arrangements, when considering Mr McDonald’s 
independence, the Board considered that the prior arrangements did not 
impact on his independence. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   29

10/10/11   10:57 AM

30

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Corporate Governance Statement continued

Mr McDonald is currently the Chairman and a shareholder of Rodd & Gunn 
Australia Limited, a Myer supplier. For the financial year ended 30 July 2011, 
the percentage of the Group’s total sales value represented by Rodd & 
Gunn was less than 0.5%. The total sales are significantly below the relevant 
quantitative materiality threshold adopted by the Board as a guideline for 
director independence, as set out above. Consistent with the Board Charter, 
in addition to this quantitative assessment, the Board has also considered 
qualitative factors relevant to Mr McDonald’s independence. Having 
considered these quantitative and qualitative principles, the Board considers 
that Mr McDonald’s relationship with Rodd & Gunn is not material to his 
independence.

Mr McDonald was a director of the General Pants Group until 22 June 2011. 
The General Pants Group is a competitor of Myer. However, the Board has had 
regard to the quantitative and qualitative principles outlined in the Board 
Charter and considers that Mr McDonald’s previous relationship with the 
General Pants Group is not material to his independence.

Appropriate governance arrangements are also in place to ensure that 
Mr McDonald does not participate in any deliberations or matters brought 
before the Board that relate directly to Rodd & Gunn or the General Pants 
Group. If the Board were to consider such matters, Mr McDonald would leave 
the Board meeting. 

Having regard to all of the above, the Board has determined that 
Mr McDonald is an independent director. 

Tom Flood 
Mr Flood was appointed a director of Myer Pty Ltd in July 2007, and a Director 
of the Company on 17 March 2009. 

Mr Flood provided consultancy services under an agreement with the 
Company’s former owners one day per week during the period from July 
2007 to March 2008. The services were provided during the period that 
the Company was privately owned, and pre‑date the public listing of the 
Company. The consultancy services were limited to a specific function in 
overseeing the work performed by management on the ‘Store of the Future’ 
project. This project is now complete. 

Since the public listing of the Company, Mr Flood’s involvement with the 
Company has been entirely in his capacity as a Non‑Executive Director. Since 
this time, Mr Flood has not had any relationship with the private consortium 
that previously owned the Myer business.

In light of the status of these arrangements, when considering Mr Flood’s 
independence, the Board considered that the prior arrangements did not 
impact on his independence. 

Having regard to the above and the quantitative and qualitative principles 
as set out in the Board Charter, the Board has determined that Mr Flood is an 
independent director. 

1.4  Performance assessments 
Review of the Board, Committees and individual Directors 
The Board recognises that regular reviews of its effectiveness and 
performance are key to the improvement of the governance of the Company. 

Accordingly, the Board, with the assistance of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee as required, undertakes an annual review 
and evaluation of the performance of the Board (including against the 
requirements of the Board Charter), its Committees and each individual 
Director. The Chairman and the Company Secretary are responsible for the 
annual review and evaluation. 

The review and evaluation that has been undertaken by the Board is 
described below.

During the reporting period, the Board, together with the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee, reviewed the skills represented by the Directors 
on the Board, and whether the composition and mix of those skills remain 
appropriate for the Company. 

The Board also reviewed the composition of each Board Committee. During 
the financial year, the structure of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee was revised, and it was decided to retain four (previously three) 
Committee members. 

Following the review described above, Ms Froggatt was appointed as an 
independent Non‑Executive Director of the Company with effect from 
9 December 2010. Ms Froggatt has extensive executive experience as a human 
resources specialist in leading international companies. Ms Froggatt was also 
appointed as Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

In addition to evaluating structure and composition, the Board and each 
Board Committee reviewed their functions and responsibilities. Following this 
evaluation, the Board and each Board Committee adopted revised Charters in 
October 2010. 

The Board and each Board Committee conducted a review of their effectiveness 
and performance in September 2011. In addition, the Board assessed the 
relationship and interaction between the Board and management. 

During the reporting period, the Chairman conducted the annual review of 
individual Directors. Each Director completed a Board Review and Assessment 
Document and met privately with the Chairman to discuss the assessment. 
In addition to the annual review, the Chairman regularly provides informal 
feedback to individual Directors. 

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee assists in developing and 
implementing plans for identifying, assessing and enhancing director 
competencies. As part of this development, in August 2011, the Directors 
participated in a workshop specifically tailored for the Company in relation to 
corporate governance. 

Review of senior executives
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is responsible for the review 
of the senior management assessment processes from time to time to 
ensure that they remain consistent with the Board’s overall objectives for 
the business.

All senior executives undergo a performance and development review 
on an annual basis. This review process involves the following: 
 ›

each senior executive is assessed against a set of key performance 
criteria. These criteria include both financial and non‑financial 
performance measures;
at the end of each financial year, all senior executives meet with their 
manager to discuss their performance over the previous year; and
upon the completion of the performance appraisal meeting, each 
senior executive is provided with feedback on their performance and 
a rating is determined based on that performance. As well as the review 
of performance, where appropriate, a development plan is also agreed 
to support the ongoing contribution of the executive to the needs of 
the business. 

 ›

 ›

A performance evaluation for senior executives which accords with the 
process described above has taken place during this reporting period.

It is the role of the Board to review the performance of the CEO and to review 
the assessments made by the CEO of the performance of his direct reports. 

On 10 August 2011, the Company announced the renewal of Bernie Brookes’ 
contract as the Company’s CEO and Managing Director until 31 August 2014. 
An important component of this decision was the Board’s assessment of 
Mr Brookes’ performance as CEO. Further information about the renewal of 
Mr Brookes’ contract is set out at page 44 of this Annual Report. 

1.5  Remuneration arrangements
The remuneration of each Director is set out in the Remuneration Report, 
which forms part of the Directors’ Report and is presented on pages 40 to 53.

The Company distinguishes the structure of Non‑Executive Directors’ 
remuneration from that of Executive Directors and senior executives. The 
Company does not have any schemes for retirement benefits for Non‑
Executive Directors. 

Please refer to the Remuneration Report for further information. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   30

10/10/11   10:57 AM

31

2.1 Introduction 
The Board has established two Committees to assist in the execution of its 
duties and responsibilities, and to allow detailed consideration of complex 
issues. The current Board Committees are: 
 ›
 ›

the Nomination and Remuneration Committee; and 
the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee. 

Board Committee membership is restricted to Non‑Executive Directors. 
The current members of both Committees are all independent 
Non‑Executive Directors. 

Each Committee has a written Charter that sets out its role and 
responsibilities, composition, membership requirements, and the manner in 
which the Committee is to operate. 

Each Committee chair provides reports to the full Board. Minutes of 
Committee meetings are presented at the subsequent Board meeting. 
All Directors are permitted, within the Board meeting, to request information 
of the chair or members of the Committees.

All Directors are invited to attend Committee meetings.

2.2  Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Composition 

Chair

Chris Froggatt  
(appointed Chair of the Committee on 16 March 2011)

Members 

Anne Brennan

Howard McDonald

Rupert Myer (Chair of the Committee until 16 March 2011)

Details of Committee members’ attendance at Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee meetings are set out in the Directors’ Report, at page 36. 

Role and responsibilities — nomination 
The nomination responsibilities of the Committee include:
 ›

to review and recommend to the Board the size and composition of the 
Board, including recommendations for the appointment and re‑election 
of directors, and review of Board succession plans and the succession of 
the Chairman and CEO; 
to review and recommend to the Board the criteria for Board membership, 
including assessment of necessary and desirable competencies of 
Board members; 
to assist the Board to assess the performance of the Board, its Committees 
and individual Directors, and in developing and implementing plans for 
identifying, assessing and enhancing director competencies; and 
to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to any 
corporate governance issues as requested by the Board from time to time. 

 ›

 ›

 ›

Appointment of new directors 
The Committee’s Charter includes the Company’s policy and procedure 
for selection and appointment of new directors. The Charter sets out 
factors to be considered when reviewing a potential candidate for Board 
appointment, including:
 ›

the skills, experience, expertise and personal qualities that will best 
complement Board effectiveness;
the capability of the candidate to devote the necessary time and 
commitment to the role; and
potential conflicts of interest, and independence.

1.6  Board and Board Committee meetings 
The number of meetings of the Board and of each Board Committee held 
during the period ended 30 July 2011, and the number of meetings attended 
by each Director and Committee member is set out in the Directors’ Report, 
at page 36. 

When reviewing a potential candidate for Board appointment, the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee will consider the capability of 
the candidate to devote the necessary time and commitment to the role.

1.7  Company Secretary
The Company Secretary plays an important role in supporting the 
effectiveness of the Board by monitoring that Board policy and procedures 
are followed, and co‑ordinating the completion and despatch of Board 
agendas and materials in a timely manner. The Company Secretary is 
also responsible for communication with regulatory bodies and the ASX, 
and all statutory and other filings. All Directors have direct access to the 
Company Secretary.

Marion Rodwell is the Company Secretary of the Company. Her experience 
and qualifications are set out on page 27 of the Annual Report.

1.8  Independent professional advice
The Board collectively and each Director individually are entitled to seek 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense in connection 
with their duties and responsibilities, subject to the approval of the Chairman 
or the Board. 

Each of the Board Committees is entitled to seek independent professional 
advice on any matter pertaining to the powers, duties or responsibilities of 
the Committee. 

1.9  Term of office 
In accordance with the ASX Listing Rules and the Company’s Constitution, all 
Non‑Executive Directors must retire from office no later than the third Annual 
General Meeting following their last election. Where eligible, a Director may 
stand for re‑election. The CEO is not required to retire by rotation.

1.10  Induction and education 
New Directors are provided with a letter of appointment setting out the 
Company’s expectations, their responsibilities and rights and the terms and 
conditions of their tenure.

All new Directors and senior executives participate in an induction program. 
The Directors’ program specifically covers the operation of the Board and its 
Committees and financial, strategic, operations and risk management issues, 
which enables new Directors to actively participate in decision‑making as 
soon as possible. In addition, the Company arranges continuing education 
and training for the Directors. 

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is responsible for ensuring 
that an effective induction process is in place for any newly appointed 
Director, and to regularly review the effectiveness of that process. 

Part 2 — Operation and Responsibilities of Board Committees 

Relevant documents 
Board Charter and relationship with management
 ›
 › Nomination and Remuneration Committee Charter 
 ›

Audit, Finance and Risk Committee Charter (including External Audit Policy)

 ›

 ›

Available from the Investor Centre section of Myer’s website:  
www.myer.com.au/investor 

All Directors are provided with detailed information about potential 
candidates, and an offer of a Board appointment may only be made after 
consultation with all Directors. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   31

10/10/11   10:57 AM

32

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Corporate Governance Statement continued

Role and responsibilities — remuneration 
The remuneration responsibilities of the Committee include:
 ›

to review and recommend arrangements for the CEO, executives 
reporting to the CEO, and senior management; 
to review major changes and developments in the Company’s 
remuneration, recruitment, retention and termination policies 
and procedures for senior management, remuneration policies, 
superannuation arrangements, human resource practices and employee 
relations strategies for the Group; 
to review the senior management performance assessment processes, 
and the annual results of those assessments; 
in respect of the Company’s employee equity incentive plans, to :
 – review and recommend to the Board major changes or developments 

to the plans; 

 – review and determine performance hurdles, eligibility criteria, and 

terms of offers; and 

 – administer the operation of the plans; 
to review and recommend to the Board the remuneration arrangements 
for the Chairman and the Non‑Executive Directors;
to review and recommend to the Board the remuneration report; and 
to review and facilitate shareholder and other stakeholder engagement in 
relation to the Company’s remuneration policies and practices.

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›
 ›

Remuneration policies 
In discharging its responsibilities, the Committee must have regard to the 
following policy objectives:
 ›

to ensure that the Company’s remuneration structures are equitable and 
aligned with the long‑term interests of the Company and its shareholders;
to attract and retain skilled executives;
to structure short and long‑term incentives that are challenging and 
linked to the creation of sustainable shareholder returns; and
to ensure any termination benefits are justified and appropriate.

 ›
 ›

 ›

2.3  Audit, Finance and Risk Committee 
Composition 

Chair

Anne Brennan

Members 

Tom Flood 

Rupert Myer

All members of the Committee are financially literate and have an appropriate 
understanding of the industries in which the Group operates. Details of 
Committee members’ attendance at Audit, Finance and Risk Committee 
meetings are set out in the Directors’ Report, at page 36. 

Role and responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities and functions are to:
 ›

oversee the Company’s relationship with the external auditor and the 
external audit function generally; 
oversee the Company’s relationship with the internal auditor and the 
internal audit function generally; 
oversee the preparation of financial statements and reports; 
 ›
oversee the Company’s financial controls and systems; and 
 ›
 › manage the process of identification and management of risk. 

 ›

Further information about the Company’s risk management framework, 
external auditor, internal audit, and Board assurances on financial reporting 
risks is set out in Part 3.

Rights of access and authority 
The Committee has rights of access to management and to auditors (external 
and internal) without management present, and rights to seek explanations 
and additional information from both management and auditors. Whilst the 
internal audit function reports to senior management, it is acknowledged 
that the internal auditors also report directly to the Committee.

In addition, the Committee is entitled to seek independent professional 
advice (discussed at section 1.8 above).

Part 3 — Risk management

Relevant documents 
 ›
 ›

Risk Management Policy
Audit, Finance and Risk Committee Charter (including External Audit Policy)

Available from the Investor Centre section of Myer’s website:  
www.myer.com.au/investor 

3.1  Recognition and management of risk 
The Company recognises risk management as an integral component of 
good corporate governance and fundamental in achieving its strategic and 
operational objectives.

The Board is ultimately responsible for identifying and assessing internal 
and external risks that may impact the Company in achieving its strategic 
objectives. The Board is responsible for determining the Company’s risk 
appetite, overseeing the development and implementation of the risk 
management framework and maintaining an adequate monitoring and 
reporting mechanism. 

The Board has delegated coordination of risk oversight to the Audit, Finance 
and Risk Committee. The Committee’s risk management responsibilities are to 
review and report to the Board as to whether: 
 ›

the Company’s ongoing risk management program effectively identifies 
all areas of potential risk; 
adequate policies and procedures have been designed and implemented 
to manage identified risks; 
a regular program of audits is undertaken to test the adequacy of and 
compliance with prescribed policies; and 
proper remedial action is undertaken to redress areas of weakness. 

 ›

 ›

 ›

The Company has adopted a Risk Management Policy that applies to all 
Group employees, and to contractors and consultants working on behalf 
of the Group. Management monitor and report on material risks identified 
through the internal and external audit process. 

3.2  Risk management framework
The Company has adopted an enterprise‑wide framework that incorporates 
a system of risk oversight, risk management and internal control designed 
to identify, assess, monitor and manage risks consistent with the Australia/
New Zealand Standard (AS/NZ 4360) for Risk Management and Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations. The Company applies risk management in a 
well‑defined, integrated framework that promotes awareness of risks and an 
understanding of the Company’s risk tolerances. This enables a systematic 
approach to risk identification, leverage of any opportunities and provides 
treatment strategies to manage, transfer and avoid risks.

The Board reviews and approves the risk management framework and risk 
appetite on an annual basis.

3.3  External auditor
The Audit, Finance and Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing the 
Company’s External Audit Policy. The Committee has the responsibility 
and authority for the appointment, removal or reappointment and 
remuneration of the external auditor, as well as evaluating its effectiveness 
and independence.

The Committee reviews the appointment of the external auditor annually 
after completion of the year‑end audit. In addition, the Committee reviews 
and assesses the independence of the external auditor, including any 
relationships with the Company or any other entity that may impair, or appear 
to impair, the external auditor’s independent judgement or independence in 
respect of the Company.

The external audit engagement partner is required to rotate at least once every  
5 years. PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) was reappointed as the external auditor 
in 2009. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   32

10/10/11   10:57 AM

33

4.2   Continuous disclosure
The Company’s policy is to strictly comply with its obligations under the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules to keep the market fully 
informed of information which may have a material effect on the price or 
value of the Company’s shares. 

The Company discharges these obligations by releasing information in 
ASX announcements and by disclosure of other relevant documents to 
shareholders (eg, annual reports).

The Company’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is designed to ensure the timely 
release of material price‑sensitive information to the market. This policy 
establishes procedures to ensure that Directors and management are 
aware of the Company’s disclosure obligations and procedures, and have 
accountability for the Company’s compliance with those obligations. 

The Company provides continuous disclosure training to all Directors and 
senior management. 

All general managers and divisional heads are required to have appropriate 
procedures in place within their areas of responsibility to ensure that all 
relevant information is reported to them immediately to be considered in 
accordance with the Continuous Disclosure Policy.

It is a standing agenda item at all Board meetings, Board Committee meetings 
and senior management meetings to consider whether any matters reported 
to or discussed at the meeting should be disclosed to the market pursuant to 
the Company’s continuous disclosure obligations.

The Company has established a Continuous Disclosure Committee, which is 
constituted by:
the CEO;
 ›
the CFO; and
 ›
the General Counsel and Company Secretary.
 ›

The role of the Continuous Disclosure Committee is to:
 ›

review all potentially material price‑sensitive information of which 
management or the Board becomes aware;
determine whether any of that information is required to be disclosed 
to the ASX; and 
coordinate the actual form of disclosure with the relevant members 
of management. 

 ›

 ›

In addition, the Committee will review and respond to any infringement 
notice or written statement of reasons issued by ASIC. The Company 
has nominated the Company Secretary as the person with the primary 
responsibility for all communication with the ASX.

All deliberations of the Committee are shared without delay with the 
Chairman or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Chair of the Audit, Finance 
and Risk Committee.

4.3  Securities trading 
The Company had adopted Guidelines for dealing in securities (Guidelines) 
that apply to all Directors and employees of the Group. The purpose of the 
Guidelines is to:
 ›

explain the types of conduct prohibited under the Corporations Act 2001 
in relation to dealing in securities; and 
establish a best practice procedure for dealing in the Company’s securities.

The external auditor will attend the Annual General Meeting and be available 
to answer shareholder questions about the conduct of the audit and the 
preparation and content of the Auditor’s Report.

3.4  Internal audit 
A separate internal audit division has been established and is overseen by an 
Assurance Manager who reports through to the CFO and liaises directly with 
the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee. 

The internal audit division carries out regular systematic monitoring of control 
activities and reports to relevant business unit management and the Audit, 
Finance and Risk Committee. 

3.5  Board assurances on financial reporting risks 
The Board has received assurance from the CEO and the CFO that the 
declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations 
Act 2001 is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal 
compliance and control systems, and that the systems are operating 
effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 ›

The CEO and CFO made declarations to the Board to the following effect:
that the Group’s financial statements and notes present a true and fair 
 ›
view of the financial condition and the performance of the Company 
and the Group and are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 
and relevant accounting standards;
that the above statement is founded on a sound system of risk 
management and internal compliance and control systems which 
implement the policies adopted by the Board (either directly or through 
delegation to senior executives); and
that the Company’s risk management and internal compliance and 
control systems, to the extent they relate to financial reporting, are 
operating efficiently and effectively in all material respects.

 ›

Part 4 — Key corporate governance policies 

Relevant documents 
Code of Conduct
 ›
 ›
Continuous Disclosure Policy 
 › Guidelines for Dealing in Securities
 ›

Shareholder Communication Strategy 

Available from the Investor Centre section of Myer’s website:  
www.myer.com.au/investor 

4.1  Code of Conduct
The Company aims to maintain the highest standards of ethical behaviour 
in conducting business and to behave with integrity in all dealings with 
customers, shareholders, government, employees and the community. 

All Group employees, Directors and contractors must comply with the 
Company’s Code of Conduct (Code). The objectives of the Code are to:
 ›
 ›

provide benchmark for professional behaviour throughout the Group; 
support the Group’s business reputation and corporate image within 
the community; and 

 › make Directors and employees aware of the consequences if they 

 ›

breach the Code.

The Code outlines how the Group expects its Directors and employees 
to behave and conduct business in a range of circumstances, including 
actual or potential conflicts of interest. The Code requires awareness 
of, and compliance with, laws and regulations relating to the Group’s 
operations, including fair trading, occupational health and safety, privacy 
and employment practices. 

The Code encourages employees to report unethical practices within the 
Group, or breaches of the Code. The Company has ‘whistleblower’ protections 
for those who report unacceptable behaviour in good faith. 

As an overriding principle, Directors, employees and their associates must not 
deal in the Company’s securities if they are in possession of price sensitive 
or ‘inside’ information. In addition, Directors, specified senior executives and 
their associates (Relevant Persons) must not deal in the Company’s securities 
during ‘blackout periods’. Relevant Persons are permitted to deal in the 
Company’s securities during certain ‘trading windows’, subject to complying 
with notification requirements. ‘Trading windows’ include periods following 
the release of the Company’s half year and full year results, and the Annual 
General Meeting. Outside of trading windows, Relevant Persons may only 
deal in the Company’s securities in exceptional circumstances subject to 
obtaining prior approval in accordance with the Guidelines.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   33

10/10/11   10:57 AM

34

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Corporate Governance Statement continued

The Guidelines prohibit Directors and senior executives from entering into 
hedging arrangements with respect to securities in the Company (including 
any shares, options and rights). Hedging arrangements include entering into 
transactions in financial products that operate to limit the economic risk 
associated with holding Company securities.

4.4  Shareholder communication
The Company aims to ensure that shareholders are kept informed of all major 
developments affecting the state of affairs of the Company. The Company 
aims to promote communication with shareholders and to encourage 
effective participation at general meetings of the Company. Additionally, 
the Company recognises that potential investors and other interested 
stakeholders may wish to obtain information about the Company.

The Company’s Shareholder Communication Strategy sets out how the 
Company communicates information to shareholders and other stakeholders 
through a range of forums and publications.

One of the Company’s key communication tools is the Myer website 
(www.myer.com.au). Information available on the Investor Centre section 
of the Myer website (www.myer.com.au/investor) includes:
 ›
 ›

the Company’s ASX announcements; 
key corporate governance documents (including Board and Board 
Committee Charters, and key policies); 
financial reports and investor presentations; and 
information about the Company’s Annual General Meeting (including the 
Notice of Meeting, and a webcast of the meeting). 

 ›
 ›

The Company provides a telephone helpline facility and an online email 
enquiry service to assist shareholders with any queries. Information is 
also communicated to shareholders via periodic mail‑outs, or by email to 
shareholders who have provided their email address. 

4.5  Diversity
The Board is committed to creating a fair and inclusive environment that 
embraces diversity and recognises its contribution to the Company’s 
commercial success.

The Board acknowledges the inclusion of diversity recommendations in the 
ASX Principles.

The Company reports annually to the Federal Government Equal Opportunity 
for Women Agency (the Agency) in respect of gender and diversity in the 
Company. In our most recent report to the Agency, we focussed on diversity 
issues concerning the representation of women in management roles 
across the business, recruitment and development initiatives and workplace 
flexibility, particularly having regard to flexibility related to meeting parenting 
challenges as well as return to work arrangements for those employees who 
have taken parental leave. Myer has recently joined with other businesses 
to commit to the challenge of providing work opportunities for Indigenous 
Australians and are examining the development of our ‘volunteering’ policy. 
The Board believes that diversity will be reflected in a range of initiatives we 
undertake including those mentioned above.

The Company will draw from its existing reporting obligations as well as 
a range of these other initiatives in developing appropriate objectives in 
respect of diversity, and will provide a more detailed report on diversity in our 
2012 Annual Report.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   34

10/10/11   10:57 AM

35

Directors’ Report

Your Directors present their report on the consolidated entity consisting of Myer Holdings Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled (collectively 
referred to as the Group) at the end of, or during, the period ended 30 July 2011.

1. Directors 

The following persons were Directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this Directors’ Report: 

Director

Position

Date appointed as Director

Howard McDonald

Chairman, Independent Non‑Executive Director

Bernie Brookes

CEO and Managing Director

Anne Brennan 

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Tom Flood

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Chris Froggatt

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Peter Hay

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Rupert Myer 

Independent Non‑Executive Director

1  H McDonald was appointed a Director on 6 November 2006, and Chairman on 4 August 2009.

2 

T Flood was appointed a director of Myer Pty Ltd in 2007. 

6 November 20061

12 July 2006

16 September 2009

17 March 20092 

9 December 2010

3 February 2010

12 July 2006

Ms Froggatt was appointed as Director with effect from 9 December 2010. All other Directors served as directors of the Company for the whole financial year 
and until the date of this Directors’ Report. 

Details of the qualifications, experience and special responsibilities of each current Director are set out on pages 24 to 25 of the Annual Report.

2. Directorships of other listed companies 

The following table shows, for each person who served as a Director during the financial year and up to the date of this Directors’ Report, all directorships of 
companies that were listed on the ASX, other than the Company, since 31 July 2008, and the period for which each directorship has been held.

Director

Howard McDonald

Bernie Brookes 

Anne Brennan 

Tom Flood

Chris Froggatt

Peter Hay

Rupert Myer 

Listed entity

Period directorship held

Nil

Nil 

Charter Hall Group 
Nufarm Limited 
Argo Investments Limited

Nil 

Goodman Fielder Limited

Alumina Limited 
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 
GUD Holdings Limited

AMCIL Limited 
Diversified United Investment Limited

–

–

October 2010 – present 
February 2011 – present 
September 2011 – present

–

August 2009 – present 

December 2002 – present 
November 2008 – present 
May 2009 – present

January 2000 – present 
November 2002 – present

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   35

10/10/11   10:57 AM

36

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Directors’ Report continued

3. Meetings of Directors and Board Committees 

The number of meetings of the Board of Directors and of each Board Committee held during the period ended 30 July 2011, and the numbers of meetings 
attended by each Director and each Board Committee member is set out below.

Full meetings of Directors

Audit, Finance and Risk  
Committee meetings

Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee meetings

Director

Howard McDonald

Bernie Brookes

Anne Brennan

Tom Flood

Chris Froggatt1

Peter Hay 

Rupert Myer 

A

14

14

14

13

8

13

14

B

14

14

14

14

8

14

14

A

–

–

4

4

–

–

4

B

–

–

4

4

–

–

4

A

7

–

7

–

2

–

7

B

7

–

7

–

2

–

7

1 

C Froggatt was appointed Director on 9 December 2010, and was appointed to the Nomination and Remuneration Committee on 16 March 2011. 

A = Number of meetings attended

B = Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office or was a member of the Committee during the year

4. Directors’ relevant interests in shares 

The following table sets out the relevant interests that each Director has in the Company’s ordinary shares as at the date of this Directors’ Report. No Director 
has a relevant interest in a related body corporate of the Company.

Director 

Howard McDonald

Bernie Brookes1 

Anne Brennan 

Tom Flood

Chris Froggatt

Peter Hay

Rupert Myer 

Relevant interest in ordinary Shares

Options over ordinary shares

2,074,390

11,460,077

53,658

400,000

10,040

12,195

725,710

Nil

7,380,394

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

1 

The options held by B Brookes were granted under the Company’s long term incentive plan. Please refer to the Remuneration Report for further information.

5. Company Secretary 

Marion Rodwell is the Company Secretary of the Company. She was appointed Group General Counsel and Company Secretary in 2008. Ms Rodwell’s 
experience and qualifications are set out on page 27 of this Annual Report.

6. Principal activities

During the financial year, the principal activity of the Group was the operation of the Myer department store business. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   36

10/10/11   10:57 AM

37

7. Review of operations 

10. Matters subsequent to the end of financial year

The Group’s financial and operational highlights are set out on pages 4 to 5.

A detailed review of the Group’s operations for the financial year and the 
results of those operations is set out on pages 6 to 23 of this Annual Report. 

8. Business strategies and future developments 

The Group’s strategic plan is set out on pages 2 to 3 of this Annual Report. 

No matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of the financial year 
which has not been dealt with in this Directors’ Report or the Financial Report, 
that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect:
(a)  the Group’s operations in future financial years; or
(b)  the results of those operations in future financial years; or
(c)  the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

Discussion of the Group’s business strategies and comments on likely 
developments in the Group’s operations are included on pages 2 to 23. 

11. Dividends

The following dividends have been paid to shareholders during the financial year: 

More detailed information relating to the Group’s business strategies, likely 
developments in the Group’s operations, the expected future results of those 
operations, and the Group’s prospects for future financial years has not been 
included in this Directors’ Report. The Directors believe that the inclusion 
of such information would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to 
the Group.

2010 Final Dividend 

Final dividend for the period ended 31 July 2010 of 
11.5 cents per fully paid ordinary share, fully franked, 
paid on 4 November 2010 

9. Significant changes in the state of affairs

2011 Interim Dividend 

The following significant changes to the Group’s state of affairs have occurred 
since the commencement of the financial year:
 ›
 ›
 ›
 ›
 ›

a challenging retail environment; 
the establishment of Global Sourcing Offices in Hong Kong and Shanghai; 
the acquisition of a 65% shareholding in sass & bide; 
the renewal of Mr Brookes’ contract as CEO; and 
the successful refinancing of debt facilities, with improved interest 
margins and strong support from lenders.

These matters are discussed on pages 2 to 23, and 44 of this Annual Report.

Other than the above, there were no significant changes in the state 
of affairs of the Group during the financial year or up to the date of this 
Directors’ Report. 

Interim dividend for the period ended 30 July 2011 of 
11.0 cents per fully paid ordinary share, fully franked, 
paid on 12 May 2011

In addition to the above dividends, since the end of the financial year, the 
Board of Directors has determined a final fully franked dividend of 11.5 cents 
per fully paid share, to be paid on 16 November 2011.

Further information regarding dividends is set out in the Financial Report 
(at note 25).

$m 

66,870

64,111

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   37

10/10/11   10:57 AM

38

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Directors’ Report continued

12. Options granted over unissued shares

13. Shares issued on the exercise of options 

The Myer Equity Incentive Plan (MEIP) operates for selected senior executives 
and has been in operation since December 2006. Under the MEIP, eligible 
executives have been granted options over unissued shares of the Company, 
subject to certain vesting conditions. No options were granted under the 
MEIP in the financial year ended 30 July 2011.

The following table sets out the details of options that have been granted 
under the MEIP over unissued shares of the Company and that remain on 
issue as at the date of this Directors’ Report:

Date options 
granted

Expiry date

Exercise price
of options  

Number 
under option 

1 December 2006

15 October 2011

1 August 2007

15 October 2011

23 January 2008

21 December 2012

17 December 2008 24 October 2013

30 June 2009

24 October 2014

6 November 2009

31 December 2013

6 November 2009 

31 December 2013

6 November 2009

31 December 2012

$0.01

$1.27

$3.00

$2.14

$2.34

$4.10

$5.74

$4.10

35,204

98,394

7,168,580

3,549,863

3,870,900

2,941,177

2,227,723

5,152,671

Closing balance

25,044,512

The number of shares that option holders are entitled to receive on the 
exercise of an option, or the exercise price of those options, may be adjusted 
in a manner consistent with the ASX Listing Rules if:
 ›

there is a pro‑rata issue of shares to the Company’s shareholders 
(such as a bonus issue); or 
any reconstruction of the capital of the Company (such as a subdivision 
or return of capital). 

 ›

From time to time the Company issues fully paid ordinary shares of the 
Company to the Myer Equity Plans Trust for the purposes of meeting 
anticipated exercises of securities granted under the MEIP.

During the period ended 30 July 2011, 1,150,000 fully paid ordinary shares 
of the Company were issued to the Myer Equity Plans Trust for this purpose. 

To calculate the issue price of shares issued to the Trust, the Company uses 
the 7‑Day Volume Weighted Average Share Price of the Company’s shares as 
at the close of trading on the date of issue. The Myer Equity Plans Trust held 
537,016 fully paid ordinary shares of the Company as at 1 August 2010.

On exercise of securities granted under the MEIP, shares may be transferred 
from the Myer Equity Plans Trust to the relevant participants or the Company 
may issue fully paid ordinary shares directly to MEIP participants.

During the period, 1,380,611 shares were transferred from the Myer Equity 
Plans Trust to participants on the exercise of options under the MEIP, as 
detailed below.

Date options 
granted

Exercise price 
of options

Number of shares provided
on exercise of options

1 December 2006

1 August 2007

23 January 2008

$0.01

$1.27

$3.00

480,000

208,278

692,333

1,380,611

In addition, the following fully paid ordinary shares of the Company were 
issued during the period ended 30 July 2011 on the exercise of options held 
by Mr Wavish, a former Director of the Company.

Date options 
granted

Exercise price
of options

Number of shares issued 
on exercise of options

1 December 2006

$0.01

480,000

If the manner of adjustment is not prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules, the 
Board can determine the adjustment to ensure that option holders are not 
advantaged or disadvantaged as a result of any such capital action. 

Grant of performance rights
Following a review of the Company’s remuneration structure in 2011,  
the Board revised the Company’s long term incentive plan for selected  
senior executives. For the 2012 financial year, performance rights will be 
granted under the MEIP (instead of options). Further information about the 
proposed grant of performance rights under the MEIP is included in the 
Remuneration Report.

Post balance date events
Since 30 July 2011, 100,000 further shares have been issued to, or otherwise 
acquired by the Myer Equity Plans Trust. 

Since 30 July 2011, 325,607 fully paid ordinary shares of the Company held by 
the Myer Equity Plans Trust were transferred to participants on the exercise of 
options granted under the MEIP, as detailed in the table below.

Date options 
granted

Exercise price
of options

Number of shares provided 
on exercise of options

1 December 2006

1 August 2007

17 December 2008

$0.01

$1.27

$2.14

281,605

22,002

22,000

325,607

In addition, since 30 July 2011, the following fully paid ordinary shares of the 
Company were issued on the exercise of options held by Mr McDonald and 
Mr Flood. These options were granted during their previous roles as both 
consultants and Directors prior to the public listing of the Company.

Date options 
granted

1 August 2007

Exercise price 
of options

Number of shares issued 
on exercise of options

$1.27

36,667

Refer to the Financial Report (at note 23) for further details. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   38

10/10/11   10:57 AM

39

14. Remuneration Report 

18. Non‑audit services 

The Remuneration Report, which comprises part of this Directors’ Report, 
is presented separately on pages 40 to 53.

15. Indemnification and insurance of Directors and Officers

The Company’s Constitution requires the Company to indemnify current 
and former Directors, Alternate Directors, Executive Officers and Officers of 
the Company on a full indemnity basis and to the full extent permitted by 
law against all liabilities incurred as an officer of the Group, except to the 
extent covered by insurance. Further, the Company’s Constitution permits the 
Company to maintain and pay insurance premiums for director and officer 
liability insurance, to the extent permitted by law. 

Consistent with (and in addition to) the provisions in the Company’s 
Constitution outlined above, the Company has also entered into deeds 
of access, indemnity and insurance with all Directors of the Company 
which provide indemnities against losses incurred in their role as Directors, 
subject to certain exclusions, including to the extent that such indemnity is 
prohibited by the Corporations Act 2001 or any other applicable law. The deeds 
stipulate that the Company will meet the full amount of any such liabilities, 
costs and expenses (including legal fees). 

During the financial year the Company paid insurance premiums for a 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance contract that provides cover for the 
current and former Directors, Alternate Directors, Secretaries and Executive 
Officers of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Directors have not included 
details of the nature of the liabilities covered in this contract or the amount of 
the premium paid, as disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contract.

The Company may decide to employ its external auditor on assignments 
additional to its statutory audit duties where the auditor’s expertise and 
experience with the Company and/or the Group are important.

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor (PwC) for audit and 
non‑audit services provided during the year are set out in the Financial Report 
(at note 27).

The Board of Directors has considered the position and, in accordance with 
advice received from the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee, is satisfied 
that the provision of the non‑audit services is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. 
The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non‑audit services by the 
auditor did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:
 ›

all non‑audit services have been reviewed by the Audit, Finance and 
Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact on the impartiality and 
objectivity of the auditor; and
none of the services undermine the general principles relating 
to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants.

 ›

19. Auditor’s independence declaration

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 
307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 112 of this Annual Report.

20. Rounding of amounts

16. Proceedings on behalf of the Company 

No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 
2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the Company, or to intervene 
in any proceedings to which the Company is a party, for the purpose of taking 
responsibility on behalf of the Company for all or part of those proceedings. 

The Group has taken advantage of Class Order 98/100, issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the ‘rounding 
off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report. Amounts in the Directors’ Report have 
been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the 
nearest dollar.

This Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors.

Howard McDonald 
Chairman  

Melbourne, 5 October 2011

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the 
Company with leave of the Court under section 237 of the  
Corporations Act 2001.

17. Environmental regulation

The Group is subject to and has complied with the reporting and compliance 
requirements of both the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 and the 
National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007. No environmental 
breaches have been notified to the Group by any government agency.

The Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 requires the Group to assess 
its energy usage, including the identification, investigation and evaluation 
of energy saving opportunities, and to report publicly on the assessments 
undertaken, including action the Group intends to take as a result of such 
assessments. As required under this Act, the Group registered with the 
Department of Resources, Energy and Tourism as a participant entity and  
is due to submit its fourth public report for financial year 2011 by  
31 December 2011. The Group has published its EEO public reports on the 
Investor Centre section of its website, www.myer.com.au/investor (under 
Reporting – Sustainability).

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (NGER Act) requires 
the Group to report its annual greenhouse gas emissions and energy use. 
The Group has implemented systems and processes for the collection and 
calculation of the data required, and is due to submit its third report to the 
Greenhouse and Energy Data Officer by 31 October 2011, in compliance with 
the requirements of the NGER Act.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   39

10/10/11   10:57 AM

40

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Remuneration Report

This Remuneration Report sets out the remuneration information for Myer 
Holdings Limited’s Non‑Executive Directors, Executive Directors, other Key 
Management Personnel (KMP) and the five highest remunerated executives of 
the Group and the Company.

Directors and executives disclosed in this report

Name

Position

Non-Executive Directors 

 ›

H McDonald

Chairman, Independent Non‑Executive Director

Role of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee

The Board has established a Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
(Committee), which has the responsibility to make recommendations 
to the Board on:
 › Non‑Executive Director fees;
 ›

executive remuneration (directors and other executives) including 
specific recommendations on remuneration packages and other terms 
of employment for the CEO, other senior executives and Non‑Executive 
Directors, including the Chairman; and
the over‑arching remuneration framework including the policy, strategy 
and practices for both short and long term incentive plans.

A Brennan

Independent Non‑Executive Director

T Flood

Independent Non‑Executive Director

C Froggatt

Independent Non‑Executive Director  
(appointed 9 Dec 2010)

P Hay

R Myer

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Independent Non‑Executive Director

Executive Directors

B Brookes

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Other Key Management Personnel 

N Abboud

Executive General Manager Stores

M Ashby

Chief Financial Officer 

G Travers

Executive General Manager Business Services

P Winn1

Executive General Manager Merchandise & Logistics

Other persons who are among the 5 highest paid remunerated group  
and/or company executives 

N Merola2

Business Manager Corporate Services

J Hawker3

Group General Manager Business Development 
& Concessions

Changes since the end of the reporting period:

1 

P Winn resigned from the Group and will leave on 8 December 2011. 

2  N Merola – Business Manager Corporate Services was the 5th highest remunerated executive for 

financial year 2011. N Merola ceased employment with the Group on 31 July 2011.

3 

J Hawker – Group General Manager Business Development & Concessions was the 5th highest 
remunerated executive for financial year 2010 but not the current year. J Hawker ceased 
employment with the Group on 31 July 2011.

Summary of report

This report provides details on the following matters:
Role of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
 ›
 ›
Linking Remuneration and Company Performance
 › New Contract of Employment – Mr Bernie Brookes
 ›

The Remuneration of Executives and Non Executive Directors, KMP and 
other Company Executives

 › Details of Remuneration: Bonuses and Share Based Compensation Benefits
 › ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations.

The Committee has been established under rule 8.15 of the Constitution 
of the Company.

The objective is to ensure that remuneration policies and structures are 
fair and competitive and aligned with the long term strategic interests 
of the Group and the creation of shareholder value. In doing this, the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee seeks advice from independent 
remuneration consultants.

Further information on the role of the Committee, its membership and 
meetings held throughout the year are set out in the Corporate Governance 
Statement and the Directors’ Report. 

Responsibility for remuneration policy
In discharging its responsibilities, the Committee must have regard to the 
following policy objectives:
 ›

to ensure that the Company’s remuneration structures are equitable and 
aligned with the long term interests of the Company and its shareholders;
to attract and retain skilled executives;
to structure short and long term incentives that are challenging and 
linked to the creation of sustainable shareholder returns; and
to ensure that any termination benefits are justified and appropriate.

 ›
 ›

 ›

The Committee must at all times have regard to, and notify the Board 
as appropriate of, all legal and regulatory requirements, including any 
shareholder approvals required in connection with remuneration matters.

The Committee Chair or if they are not available, a Committee member 
will, attend the Annual General Meeting and make themselves available to 
answer any questions from shareholders about the Committee’s activities or, 
if appropriate, the Company’s remuneration arrangements.

Principles used to determine the nature and amount of remuneration
Executive Remuneration Policy
Since the listing of the Company in November 2009, the Board has taken 
independent advice with regard to the Group’s remuneration structure and 
market comparators for the executive group. After consultation with external 
remuneration consultants Mercer (Australia) Pty Ltd, the Board has introduced 
an executive remuneration framework that is market competitive and 
complementary to the Company’s overall reward and recognition strategy. 
As a general guide, the Company targets a median fixed remuneration 
position as compared to our comparator group and a higher position 
towards the 75th percentile for incentive reward against the same group. 
The remuneration structure seeks to ensure that executive rewards deliver an 
appropriate balance between shareholders’ and executives’ interests.

The remuneration structure provides a mix of fixed and variable (or ‘at 
risk’) pay, and a blend of short and long term incentives. As executives 
gain seniority within the Group, the balance of this mix shifts to a higher 
proportion of ’at risk’ incentives.

In order to align shareholders’ and executives’ interests and attract and retain 
talent, the remuneration structure is designed to:
 ›

encourage a performance‑based workplace culture and recognition for 
contribution to meeting business objectives;
have profit as a core component of reward design;

 ›

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   40

10/10/11   10:57 AM

41

Non‑Executive Directors’ fees are determined within an aggregate Directors’ 
fee pool limit as approved from time to time by Myer shareholders in general 
meeting. The maximum aggregate sum excludes special and additional 
remuneration for special exertions and additional services performed by a 
Director as determined appropriate by the Board but includes superannuation 
as is required by the ASX Listing Rules as well as committee fees as indicated 
below. The Constitution also makes provision for Myer to pay all expenses 
incurred by Directors in attending meetings and carrying out their duties. The 
current maximum aggregate fee pool limit is $2,150,000 per annum.

The current base fees for Non‑Executive Directors were last reviewed 
in September 2011 and no changes were proposed to either Board or 
committee chair fees. The aggregate fee pool limit has not changed since the 
Group was listed. Non‑Executive Directors who chair a committee also receive 
additional yearly fees for their role in serving that committee. 

The following fees currently apply:

Base annual fees

Chair 

Other Non‑Executive Directors

Additional annual fees

Audit Finance and Risk Committee – Chair

Audit Finance and Risk Committee – member

Nomination and Remuneration Committee – Chair

Nomination and Remuneration Committee – member

$500,000

$150,000

$30,000

–

$15,000

–

Non‑Executive Directors do not receive performance‑based pay. However,  
they are able to purchase shares in the Company, which can be acquired  
on market during approved ‘windows’ for share trading consistent with  
the Company’s Guidelines for Dealing in Securities. During the year,  
Mr McDonald and Mr Flood held unvested options they received when 
engaged by the Company as consultants and Directors prior to the listing of the 
Company in 2009. These options vested on 31 July 2011 and have since been 
exercised. Mr McDonald and Mr Flood do not hold any other options and are 
not eligible to participate in the Company’s current employee equity plans.

Retirement allowances for Non-Executive Directors
Non‑Executive Directors are not entitled to any additional remuneration upon 
retirement. Superannuation contributions required by legislation are made 
from the fee paid to Directors and fall within the aggregate fee pool limit.

 ›

 ›

 ›
 ›

through long term incentive, focus on sustained growth in shareholder 
returns, consisting of dividends and growth in earnings per share and 
share price; 
delivering consistent returns as well as focusing the executives on key 
non‑financial drivers of value;
attract and retain high‑calibre executives; and,
reward capability and performance.

Nomination of Directors
With respect to nominations of Directors, the responsibilities of the 
Committee are as follows: 
 ›

review and recommend to the Board the size and composition of the 
Board, including review of Board succession plans and the succession of 
the Chairman and CEO;
review and recommend to the Board the criteria for Board membership, 
including assessment of necessary and desirable competencies of Board 
members;
assist the Board as required to identify individuals who are qualified to 
become Board members (including in respect of any Executive Directors), 
in accordance with the following factors:
– 

 the skills, experience, expertise and personal qualities that will best 
complement Board effectiveness; and
 the capability of the candidate to devote the necessary time and 
commitment to the role. This involves a consideration of matters 
such as other Board or executive appointments, potential conflicts of 
interest, and independence;

– 

review and recommend to the Board membership of the Board, including 
recommendations for the appointment and re‑election of Directors, and 
where necessary propose candidates for consideration by the Board, 
subject to the principle that a Committee member must not be involved 
in making recommendations to the Board in respect of themselves;
assist the Board as required in relation to the performance evaluation of 
the Board, its committees and individual Directors, and in developing and 
implementing plans for identifying, assessing and enhancing Director 
competencies;
review and make recommendations in relation to any corporate 
governance issues as requested by the Board from time to time;
review the Board Charter on a periodic basis, and recommend any 
amendments for Board consideration;
review the time expected to be devoted by Non‑Executive Directors in 
relation to the Company’s affairs; and
ensure that an effective induction process is in place for any newly 
appointed Directors and regularly review its effectiveness.

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy
With respect to remuneration practices for Non‑Executive Directors, the 
responsibilities of the Committee are set out in the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee Charter, a copy of which is on the Group website.

Members of the Committee
The current members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are:
 › C Froggatt (Chair)
R Myer
 ›
 › A Brennan
 › H McDonald

Fees for Non-Executive Directors
Fees and payments to Non‑Executive Directors reflect the demands which 
are made on, and the responsibilities of, those Directors. The Board, on 
recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee reviews 
Non‑Executive Directors’ fees and payments at least once a year. As part of 
that review the Board considers the advice of independent remuneration 
consultants in relation to both the Chairman’s fees and payments and 
separately the Non‑Executive Directors’ fees and payments. 

Linking remuneration and Company performance

The Company’s remuneration principles and polices have been applied 
during the year to ensure remuneration outcomes for executives reflect the 
prevailing market conditions and Company performance.

Adjustments to the fixed component of executives’ remuneration have been 
modest reflecting individual performance and market competitiveness for 
similar roles at peer organisations.

The Company uses both Short and Long Term incentives to link individual 
performance to the performance of the Company. Given the Company’s 
profit result for the year, no short term incentive has been paid to senior 
managers, including the KMP group.

The Company is required to reflect the value of long term incentive rewards 
to KMP reported each year, in accordance with the relevant accounting 
standard. In complying with this standard, the value of the long term 
incentive amount reflecting share based reward has been adjusted 
downward, based on the expectation of the number of options considered 
likely to ultimately vest. As a consequence the value of the long term 
incentive to senior executives as reflected in the table on page 45 was also 
less than the previous year. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   41

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
42

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Remuneration Report continued

The following table shows the Company’s annual performance since listing 
in November 2009. The table shows the impact of Company performance 
on shareholder returns, taking into account dividend payments, share price 
changes, and other capital adjustments during the period.

Given the prevailing economic conditions and their impact on the retail sector 
generally, the Board has been satisfied with the performance of the Myer 
management team in relation to each of these areas of focus. While the returns 
generated from the business were solid for the year, the Board has determined 
that they do not warrant the payment of the MAIP for the year.

Basic earnings per share (cents/share)1

31 July
2010

29.0

30 July
2011

27.9

Net profit after tax (millions)2

$168.70

$162.70

Dividends cents per share

Share price at beginning of year3

Share price at end of year

22.0

$4.10

$3.45

22.5

$3.45

$2.31

1 

2 

3 

2010 Basic earnings per share is calculated using proforma Net profit after tax and divided by the 
closing shares on issue. 2011 Basic earnings per share is calculated using normalised Net profit after 
tax and divided by the weighted average shares.

For details of 2010 and 2011 Net profit after tax refer to page 11.

2010 share price at the beginning of the year is the share price at listing.

Executives’ pay
The executive pay and reward framework has three components:
 ›
 ›

base pay and benefits, including superannuation;
short term incentives (STI) through participation in the Myer Annual 
Incentive Plan (MAIP); and
long term incentives (LTI) through participation in the Myer Equity 
Incentive Plan (MEIP).

 ›

The combination of these three components comprises an executive’s 
total remuneration. A further long term incentive in the form of retention 
incentive was introduced for selected executives at the time of the listing 
of Myer. These incentives were targeted at retaining those executives for 
an extended period after the listing and expire on 1 November 2011. The 
Board has completed a review of executive pay (including base pay as well 
as the structure and application of short and long term incentive plans) and 
considers this combination best meets the objectives established by the 
Board for executive pay and reward.

Executive reward across base pay, short and long term incentives has regard 
to the performance of the Company on a range of objectives including 
generating sustained growth and shareholder returns. In considering the 
quantum of executive remuneration, the Board has had regard to:
 ›

the profit generated and sales achieved in the prevailing trading 
environment; 
the dividend paid by the Company;
the continuation of good cost control; and
the continued progress of the business reflected in the re‑launching of 
our flagship Myer Melbourne store, opening two new stores in Top Ryde 
and Robina, the development of the new Mackay and Townsville stores 
and the establishment of the Global Sourcing Offices in Shanghai and 
Hong Kong.

 ›
 ›
 ›

Cash payments and benefits
These are structured as a base payment, which may be delivered as 
a combination of cash, superannuation and other approved salary 
packaged benefits.

Executives are offered a competitive base pay that comprises a fixed 
component of pay and benefits. In determining the base pay for executives, 
including the CEO, the Board has regard to the market rate for a comparable 
role in a peer level organisation as well as the experience, skill and proven 
performance of the executive. Base pay for executives is also reviewed 
annually having regard to performance against set objectives. An executive’s 
pay is also reviewed on promotion.

Superannuation
Myer makes superannuation contributions on behalf of employees consistent 
with its obligations under relevant legislation.

Short Term Incentives
Myer’s short term incentive plan (MAIP) operates on an annual basis subject 
to Board review and approval. The MAIP applies to all eligible management 
team members including the KMP, subject to certain conditions and 
performance criteria being met which are reviewed and approved annually 
by the Board. The performance criteria for the year are outlined below. While 
the performance criteria may vary (in part) on an annual basis, they are 
primarily focused on the achievement of operating plans and budgets with  
a significant weighting to profit and sales objectives.

The current quantum of an executive’s MAIP reward varies depending on the 
specific role, with a potential reward of 100% of base pay at the CEO level 
for ’at target’ performance, 75% for KMP, through to a set $1,000 reward for ’at 
target’ performance for entry level management roles. If the Group achieves 
the pre‑determined performance targets set by the Board, a short term 
incentive will be paid.

MAIP rewards are generally payable in September each year after the final 
determination and release of audited full‑year results. The MAIP currently uses 
a profit target as a threshold to ensure that an STI reward is only available 
when profit is consistent with or in excess of the business plan approved by 
the Board.

Each executive has a target MAIP reward depending on their accountabilities 
and their impact on the Group or business unit performance. The target 
reward is the maximum total STI payment for achieving target objectives. 
A minimum threshold is also set, below which no STI reward is provided. 
The Board retains the discretion to provide an award greater than the target 
maximum reward where performance against the performance criteria 
warrants such a reward.

Each year, the Committee considers the appropriate performance criteria 
and recommends any payout level under the MAIP, if targets are met, for 
Board approval.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   42

10/10/11   10:57 AM

For the period ended 30 July 2011, the key performance indicators that were 
used to determine if any reward was to be provided under the MAIP, were 
drawn from the following measures, which were the key focus areas for the 
Group in FY11. The Board reviews these metrics on an annual basis:
Financial Measures, including EBITDA, Store Controllable Profit, 
 ›
Merchandise Business Controllable Profit – all key drivers of financial 
returns enabling shareholder returns; 

 › Company Sales, Store/Regional Sales and Merchandise Business Sales – 
our sales results combined with other business initiatives feed into the 
financial results; 

 › Customer Service Measures – as measured by an external third party 
company focusing on 7 aspects of Customer Service delivered in 
the Stores – service being a key element of our merchandise offer to 
customers; and 
Stockturn Measures – at Company and Business unit levels reflecting the 
performance of our integrated logistics and merchandise arrangements.

 ›

Executives were assessed against a combination of Group and/or Area 
performance measures based on various scorecards that reflect ‘financial’, 
‘key operational’ and ‘service’ measures appropriate to the executive’s role.

Consistent with the categories of key performance indicators outlined above, 
for the CEO and other KMPs, the provision of MAIP rewards was weighted 
against four Company measures:
1.  Company Sales (40% of target);
2.  EBITDA (50% of target);
3.  Overall Customer Service Score (5% of Target); and
4.  Company Stockturn performance (5% of Target).

In light of these measures, the Board determined that no MAIP payments 
would be provided for the 2011 financial year, as a result of the FY11 EBITDA, 
while higher than in the previous year, failing to achieve the required 
minimum threshold. The EBITDA objective is the threshold requirement, 
regardless of performance against any other measure and must be met 
before any other reward can occur. Overall rewards for the KMP group and 
certain other executives are set out on page 45 of this report.

The Committee is responsible for assessing whether the performance criteria 
are met. To help make this assessment, the Committee receives reports on 
performance from management. All proposed MAIP payments are verified 
by internal audit review prior to any payment being made. The Committee 
has the discretion to recommend to the Board an adjustment to short term 
incentives in light of unexpected or unintended circumstances. As the EBITDA 
objective set for 2011 was not achieved, no MAIP was paid for the year 
regardless of performance against the other key performance indicators.

The following graph shows the average individual total MAIP payment (as a % 
of each individual’s target MAIP, where 100% is the target) for the KMP group 
and its relationship to group EBITDA over the two years from the listing of 
the Company.

340

339

338

337

336

335

334

333

332

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

340

339

338

337

336

335

334

333

332

m
$
A
D
T
B
E

I

2010 2011

EBITDA

Average STI Payout %

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0

I

T
S
t
e
g
r
a
t

f

o
e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
r
o
n
e
s
o
t
d
a
p

i

i

43

Long Term Incentives
Myer Equity Incentive Plan
Myer’s long term incentive plan (Myer Equity Incentive Plan – MEIP) operates 
for selected senior executives and has been in operation since December 
2006. Under the MEIP, eligible senior executives have in the past been 
granted options each entitling them to acquire one fully paid ordinary share 
in the Company, subject to the satisfaction of vesting terms and conditions 
determined by the Board. 

In 2011, the Board reviewed the long term incentives provided to the senior 
executives as part of its annual review of the remuneration structure. As part 
of that review, the Board introduced a new long term incentive plan involving 
the grant of ‘performance rights’ under the MEIP. No long term incentive 
was awarded during the 2011 financial year, however the new plan will 
form the basis of the revised long term incentive program. A performance 
right is similar to an option in that it provides the executive with a right 
to acquire a share in the Company if certain performance conditions are 
satisfied. However, unlike an option, an executive does not need to pay any 
exercise price to exercise a performance right, meaning fewer performance 
rights need to be granted which reduces dilution of shareholders’ interests. 
The performance conditions are designed to create and deliver sustained 
shareholder returns and to reward executives when shareholders benefit. 
The key terms of the new plan are described on page 49 to 50. The first grant 
under this new plan will occur in October 2011.

As announced on 10 August 2011, the CEO will participate in the new long 
term incentive plan subject to approval of the grant of performance rights to 
him by shareholders at the November 2011 Annual General Meeting. 

Retention arrangements
In November 2009, the Board approved retention incentives for a select number 
of executives other than the CEO to ensure, to the extent possible, that the 
executive team in place prior to the listing of Myer in 2009 remained in place 
and continued to deliver on the business objectives established by the Board. 
The retention arrangements are in the form of deferred cash incentives and 
are conditional on continued employment with the Group and meeting 
certain performance conditions as established by the Company. The retention 
arrangements involve payments over a staggered period and the first payment 
was made on the first anniversary of the listing of Myer. This payment represented 
approximately one third the total amount of the retention incentive. Payment 
of the balance of the retention incentive is due on 1 November 2011 to further 
encourage retention and stability within the executive team. Generally, the 
amount paid to an individual over the 2 year retention period represents 
approximately one year of base pay as at the date the retention incentives were 
granted. Of the 45 executives who were eligible for retention incentives, 89% 
remained with the Company as at 30 July 2011.

Service agreements
On appointment to the Board, all Non‑Executive Directors sign a letter of 
appointment. The letter summarises the Board policies and terms relevant to 
the office of Director (including remuneration).

Remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and the other 
executive KMPs are also formalised in service agreements. Each of these 
agreements prescribes a base or fixed remuneration amount, a short term 
incentive reward under the MAIP, other benefits including salary sacrificing 
for vehicle leasing and, when eligible, long term incentive reward through 
participation in the MEIP. Other key provisions of the agreements relating to 
remuneration are summarised below.

For certain senior executives including all KMP other than the CEO, the 
retention incentives discussed above have been incorporated into their 
employment agreements.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   43

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Remuneration Report continued

The termination provisions for the executive KMP are described below:

Name

Contract type

B Brookes

Fixed term – ending on  
31 Aug 2014

N Abboud

Rolling Contract

M Ashby

G Travers

P Winn

Rolling Contract

Rolling Contract

Rolling Contract

Base salaries (TFC) quoted as at 30 July 2011.

Base salary including
superannuation 1

Termination notice
period initiated 
by KMP

Termination notice
period initiated 
by Company

Termination payment
where initiated by 
the Company

$1,709,400

$470,000

$530,000

$570,000

$570,000

6 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

12 months

12 months 2

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

B Brookes’ revised contract provides that, subject to certain performance conditions being satisfied, if the contract runs through to term (31 August 2014) a cessation payment of 12 months average base 
TFC over the last 3 years may be made. B Brookes LTI offer contained in his new contract of employment provides for entitlements on termination in certain circumstances. These provisions are subject to 
shareholder approval at the November 2011 Annual General Meeting (see a detailed explanation of the contract terms below).

1 

2 

Mr Bernie Brookes – New Contract of Employment

On 10 August 2011, the Board and Mr Brookes agreed to new terms 
for an extension of Mr Brookes’ employment contract to 31 August 2014. 
The contract terms included the following changes from his previous 
contract terms:
 ›

Total Fixed Compensation has been adjusted by 5.3% to $1.8 million 
(inclusive of superannuation)
Short Term Incentive at target remains at 100% of TFC, with the Board’s 
discretion to reward for any above target performance

 ›

 › An entitlement to performance rights valued at $2,700,000, subject to 
shareholder approval to be provided under the MEIP. The rights will 
vest subject to meeting total shareholder return and earnings per share 
hurdles described on page 50 along with Mr Brookes establishing and 
delivering a succession and transition plan for the role of CEO and 
complying with his contract.
Termination Conditions –
– 

 ›

– 
– 

– 

– 

 Myer can terminate Mr Brookes’ employment with 12 months written 
notice or payment in lieu of notice (or a combination of these).
 Mr Brookes may terminate on 6 months written notice.
 If Mr Brookes’ employment ceases in August 2014 as a result of 
the fixed term of the new contract ending, he will be entitled to a 
payment equal to the 12 months average TFC paid to him over the 
preceding 3 years. 
 In certain circumstances pursuant to his contract, Mr Brookes may be 
entitled to retain a pro‑rata number of his performance rights if his 
employment is terminated early by the Board with notice. The pro‑
rata number retained would take into account his period of service 
during the three year performance period for the performance rights. 
If the pro‑rata rights vest, the rights, other than for limited access 
to meet any tax liability arising from the vesting of the rights with 
Board approval may not be exercised till the expiry of the original 
performance period of three years.
 Mr Brookes will not be entitled to any payments upon termination 
where that payment would lead to a contravention of the 
Corporations Act or the ASX Listing Rules.

Details of remuneration
Amounts of remuneration
Details of the remuneration of the Directors and the Key Management 
Personnel (as defined in AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures) of the Company 
are set out in the following tables.

The Key Management Personnel of the Company include each of the 
Directors and each of the following executives, who report directly to 
the CEO:
 › N Abboud – Executive General Manager Stores
 › M Ashby – Chief Financial Officer
 › G Travers – Executive General Manager Business Services
 ›

P Winn – Executive General Manager Merchandise & Logistics

In addition, details for the following executives are also disclosed in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 as they are among the five highest 
remunerated Group and/or Company executives in 2010 or 2011.
 › N Merola – Business Manager Corporate Services relevant for 

 ›

financial year 2011
J Hawker – Group General Manager Business Development & Concessions 
ceased employment with the Group on 31 July 2011 and is relevant for 
financial year 2010.

The Remuneration of Executive and Non‑executive Directors, 
KMPs and other Company executives

The following tables have been prepared in accordance with Section 300A of 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). They show details of the nature and amount 
of each element of the remuneration paid or awarded for services provided 
in this period. In the case of share based payments and retention incentives, 
the amounts disclosed reflect the amount expensed during the year in 
accordance with relevant accounting standards and accordingly this does not 
necessarily reflect the amount actually paid to the individual during the year, 
which may be more or less than the amount shown in the table.

The following table shows the remuneration amounts recorded in the 
financial statements in the period.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   44

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
 
 
45

Short term benefits

Post  
employment  
benefits

Long term benefits

Cash
salary &
fees 1
$

Bonus/
incentive
STI 2
$

Non-
monetary
benefits
$

Super-
annuation  4
$

Long
service
leave
$

Other  3
$

Incentives 5
$

Name

Total
remuner-
ation
expenses
excluding
Share-
based
payments 
$

Termin-
ation
and other 
payments
$

Share-
based
payments 6
$

Total
remuner-
ation
expenses 7
$

 – 
 61,338 

 93,176 
 – 

 136,500 
 138,973 

 136,500 
 67,113 

 145,056 
 149,243 

 484,753 
 486,565 

 164,801 
 116,108 

Non-Executive Directors
H McDonald
2011
2010
A Brennan 
2011
2010
 T Flood 
2011
2010
C Froggatt11
2011
2010
P Hay 
2011
2010
R Myer
2011
2010
G Kusin11
2011
2010
Executive Directors
B Brookes
2011
2010
W Wavish8
2011
2010
Key Management Personnel
N Abboud
2011
2010
M Ashby
2011
2010
G Travers
2011
2010
P Winn
2011
2010
Other Company Executives
N Merola9
2011
2010
J Hawker10
2011
2010
Totals 2011
Totals 2010

–
 407,857 
 5,031,443 
 4,909,996 

 1,629,652 
 1,600,362 

 466,273 
 434,507 

 544,753 
 525,070 

 536,553 
 486,866 

 248,673 
–

 444,753 
 409,386 

 – 
 26,608 

– 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 1,900,000 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 835,177 

 133,357 
 376,256 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 1,165 

 – 
 165,810 

 33,567 
 (31,074)

 – 
 195,097 

 – 
 218,415 

 – 
 210,252 

 1,856 
 2,292 

 1,856 
 2,292 

 1,856 
 2,292 

 – 
–

 8,559 
–

–
 185,382 
 – 
 1,810,133 

–
 2,292 
 181,051 
 2,255,515 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
–

–
 – 
 – 
 – 

 15,247 
 14,763 

 15,199 
 41,392 

 13,500 
 13,745 

 9,215 
 – 

 13,500 
 6,638 

 14,346 
 14,725 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 50,048 
 50,906 

 47,772 
 17,863 

 – 
 3,982 

 – 
 (26,709)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 500,000 
 2,401,328 

 3,187 
 35,453 

 503,187 
 2,436,781 

 180,000 
 157,500 

 150,000 
 152,718 

 102,391 
 – 

 150,000 
 73,751 

 159,402 
 163,968 

 – 
 61,338 

 – 
 – 

 180,000 
 157,500 

 1,195 
 13,295 

 151,195 
 166,013 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 102,391 
 – 

 150,000 
 73,751 

 159,402 
 163,968 

 – 
 61,338 

 – 
 1,860,829 
 2,880,564 

 (947,404)
 2,568,922 

 – 
 913,425 
 5,449,486 

 – 
 3,212,616 

 – 
 3,217,662 

 – 
 245,286 

 – 
 3,462,948 

 15,247 
 24,636 

 48,727 
 47,739 

 15,247 
 14,785 

 23,447 
 32,880 

 11,412 
 13,032 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 8,401 
 2,784 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 15,806 
 6,121 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 8,510 
 3,271 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 712,479 
 833,040 

 (85,233)
 194,750 

 627,246 
 1,027,790 

 732,757 
 933,669 

 (74,290)
 248,571 

 658,467 
 1,182,240 

 785,162 
 1,017,933 

 (133,824)
 166,343 

 651,338 
 1,184,276 

 777,866 
 986,811 

 (68,960)
 228,834 

 708,906 
 1,215,645 

 25,786 
–

 4,261 
–

 66,250 
–

 258,500 
–

 612,029 
 – 

 3,614 
–

 615,643 
 – 

–
 50,295 
 259,509 
 316,486 

–
 6,421 
 96,162 
 22,783 

–
 – 
 896,250 
 1,005,000 

–
 – 
 258,500 
 3,212,616 

 – 
 652,247 
 6,722,915 
 13,532,529 

–
 29,979 
 (1,301,715)
 3,731,433 

 – 
 682,226 
 5,421,200 
 17,263,962

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   45

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
46

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Remuneration Report continued

1 

2 

Cash salary for KMPs and other Company executives includes fixed remuneration, short term compensated absences, consideration for vehicle salary sacrifice and in the case of Non–Executive Directors, fees 
including allowances for committee ‘chair’ responsibilities for A Brennan, C Froggatt and R Myer.

Short Term Incentive (STI) payments are made under the Myer Annual Incentive Plan (MAIP) and relate to program performance and conditions for the year they were earned, not the subsequent year in which 
the payment is made. Based on the performance criteria established by the Board in relation to MAIP, no short term incentive payments have been earned in relation to financial year 2011. 

3  Other payments were made to B Brookes of $133,357 as provided for under his contract of employment for rental subsidy, certain services in relation to the provision of his accommodation and spousal travel. 
H McDonald did not receive any other payment in 2011 and payments made to him in 2010 related to payments made at the time of the listing of Myer. Other payments in 2011 to N Abboud, M Ashby, 
G Travers, P Winn, N Merola and J Hawker reflect FBT paid in respect of car park benefits, relevant spousal travel for business related travel undertaken at the request of the Company and where relevant, 
payments made by the Company to assist victims of recent natural disasters. 

4  Other than for W Wavish (refer footnote 8 below) there were no post employment benefits paid other than superannuation in relation to 2010 or 2011.

5 

6 

7 

Retention incentives were provided to KMP (other than the CEO) and certain selected other Company executives, subject to certain conditions being satisfied as part of revised employment contracts entered 
into in November 2009. The amount disclosed in both 2010 and 2011 represent the amount expensed in each year in accordance with the relevant accounting standard relating to such payments. The 
amounts disclosed do not represent the amounts actually paid to the individual in the years reported. N Abboud, M Ashby, G Travers and P Winn each received $170,000 cash payment on 1 November 2010. 
Should these KMP continue to meet the requirements of the retention incentive, they will each receive a further payment on 1 November 2011 of $330,000. This is the final payment under the retention 
incentive.

Share based payments are grants of options under the MEIP. They are valued based on the amount expensed for the period under the relevant accounting standard. There were no other equity settled share 
based payments and there were no cash settled share based payments during the year. No grants of shares or units were made during the financial year. In relation to H McDonald and T Flood, amounts 
disclosed under share based payments reflect the accounting expense of options issued in 2009 and do not represent any remuneration provided to them in the current year.

Total Remuneration Expense represents the total amount expensed by the Company across all aspects of reward for Non‑Executive Directors and other executives in accordance with the relevant accounting 
standard. The amount does not reflect the amount actually paid to the individual during the year. 

8  W Wavish was previously Executive Chairman of Myer. He ceased employment with Myer at 4 August 2009. He was paid a cash salary between 25 July 2009 and 4 August 2009. As part of the terms agreed on 

his separation, he was paid amounts including: payment in lieu of notice, payment for termination and in relation to the provision of consultancy services to Myer, and in relation to other obligations under the 
settlement and release agreement. The amounts disclosed cover a 24 month period from 4 August 2009 to 31 July 2011. The consultancy period concluded on 31 July 2010. The terms of his settlement and 
release agreement continued to operate until 31 July 2011.

9  Denotes one of the five highest paid executives of the Company, as required to be disclosed under the Corporations Act 2001. N Merola was one of the top 5 remunerated executives in financial year ended 
30 July 2011. N Merola ceased employment with the Group on 31 July 2011 when his role was made redundant. N Merola’s total remuneration expense includes payments in relation to his redundancy and 
the payment of entitlements such as annual leave and long service leave. 

10  Denotes one of the five highest paid executives of the Company, as required to be disclosed under the Corporations Act 2001. J Hawker was one of the top 5 executives remunerated in financial year 2010 but 

was not in the current year. J Hawker ceased employment with Myer on 31 July 2011.

11  C Froggatt was appointed a Director of Myer on 9 December 2010. Payments are for the part year from her appointment. G Kusin resigned as a Director on 27 September 2009. He received no payments in the 

current year.

STI and LTI remuneration
The table below sets out the relative proportion of remuneration for the Executive Directors and other KMP as well as other executives that is linked to 
performance and the proportion which is fixed.

Total  
remuneration 
expense1

Total fixed remuneration

At risk — STI

Share options

Retention incentives

At risk — LTI2

Name

$

$

%

$

%

$

%

 913,425 
5,449,486 

 – 
3,462,948 

 658,467 
 1,182,240 

 627,246 
 1,027,790 

Executive Directors
B Brookes3
2011
2010
W Wavish4
2011
2010
Key Management Personnel
N Abboud
2011
2010
M Ashby
2011
2010
G Travers
2011
2010
P Winn
 708,906 
2011
2010
 1,215,645 
Other Company Executives
N Merola5
2011
2010
J Hawker6
2011
2010
Totals 2011
Totals 2010

 – 
 682,226 
4,175,025 
14,204,611 

 651,338 
1,184,276 

 615,643 
 – 

1,860,829 
1,798,387 

204%
35%

–
 835,177 

 – 
 5,046 

 504,979 
 415,980 

 525,257 
 487,322 

 577,662 
 548,268 

 570,366 
 525,309 

 287,279 
 – 

 – 
 466,865 
4,326,372 
4,247,177 

 – 
2%

81%
41%

80%
41%

89%
46%

81%
43%

 – 
 – 

 – 
 165,810 

 – 
 195,097 

 – 
 218,415 

 – 
 210,252 

80%
 – 

 – 
68%
111%
40%

 – 
 – 

 – 
 185,382 
 – 
1,810,133 

0%
16%

 – 
0%

0%
16%

0%
17%

0%
18%

0%
17%

0%
 – 

 – 
27%
0%
17%

 (947,404)
 2,568,922 

 – 
 245,286 

 (85,233)
 194,750 

 (74,290)
 248,571 

(133,824)
 166,343 

 (68,960)
 228,834 

 3,614 
 – 

 – 
 29,979 
(1,306,097)
3,682,685 

(104%)
49%

 – 
98%

(14%)
19%

(11%)
21%

(21%)
14%

(10%)
19%

1%
 – 

 – 
5%
(33%)
34%

$

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 207,500 
 251,250 

 66,250 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 896,250 
1,005,000 

%

0%
0%

 – 
0%

33%
24%

31%
21%

32%
22%

29%
21%

19%
 – 

 – 
0%
22%
9%

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   46

10/10/11   10:57 AM

47

1 

2 

3 

4 

Total remuneration expense represents the total amount expensed by the Company across all aspects of reward for Non‑Executive Directors and other executives in accordance with the relevant accounting 
standard. The amount does not reflect the amount actually paid to the individual during the year.

At Risk LTI was provided through the provision of retention incentives for selected executives and the grant of options to individual executives under the MEIP however no grants were made in the current 
year. The options reflected in this table were granted in previous years and have been independently valued as at the date the option was granted to the executive. The proportions shown represent the 
amount expensed for the period under the relevant accounting standard as a proportion of total remuneration expense for the period. The amount disclosed for N Abboud, M Ashby, G Travers, and P Winn 
also includes the current expense in relation to retention incentives. As described on page 43, a new LTI plan involving the grant of performance rights under the MEIP has been introduced for the 2012 
financial year. 

The reduction in B Brookes total remuneration expense for 2011 reflects the reduction in the value of the amount expensed for share based payments in accordance with the relevant accounting standard. 
Payments made to B Brookes reported in 2010 exclude his discretionary bonus payment of $247,000 made during that year. These payments are included in the total remuneration expense, but do not form 
part of his total fixed remuneration, STI or LTI. 

The relative percentage proportions of remuneration for the reporting period 2010 for W Wavish excluded his termination and other payments. This payment was included in his total remuneration expense, 
but did not form part of this total fixed remuneration, STI or LTI. W Wavish ceased employment with Myer at 4 August 2009 and accordingly is not included in this reporting year.

5  N Merola is included in the table as one of the five highest remunerated executives for the reporting period for total remuneration expense. Payments made on termination are included in his total 

remuneration expense, but do not form part of this total fixed remuneration, STI or LTI.

6 

J Hawker is included in the table as one of the five highest remunerated executives in the previous reporting year, but not this reporting year.

Long Term Incentives – Historical options granted under the MEIP
As noted on page 43, the Company’s LTI plan previously involved the grant of options under the MEIP. Under the terms of those options, senior executives can 
only exercise their options once the vesting conditions are satisfied. Executives who then wish to exercise any of their vested options must pay the relevant 
exercise price after which shares in the Company are provided to them. Option holders do not have the right to participate in any securities issues made by the 
Company although, consistent with the ASX Listing Rules, there is provision for adjustments in the event of certain capital actions made by the Company.

Since 2006, six offers of options have been made to selected executives under the MEIP. Details of options granted under the MEIP that remain unvested as at 
30 July 2011 are set out in the table below.

Number of
unvested 
options

Exercise 
price

Value per
option at 
grant date

Vesting date 
(if option holder 
remains employed
by a Group 
company)

Expiry date

316,809

90,338

2,660,971

2,660,971

514,600

514,600

2,676,663

234,800

234,800

3,684,300

5,152,671

2,227,723

3,193,278

24,162,524

$0.01

$1.27

$3.00

$3.00

$2.14

$2.14

$2.14

$2.34

$2.34

$2.34

$4.10

$5.74

$4.10

$0.21

$0.50

$0.37

$0.37

$0.43

$0.43

$0.43

$0.49

$0.49

$0.49

$1.31

$1.01

$1.19

31 Jul 2011

15 Oct 2011

31 Jul 2011

15 Oct 2011

31 Jul 2011

21 Dec 2012

31 Jul 2012

21 Dec 2012

31 Jul 2011

24 Oct 2013

31 Jul 2012

24 Oct 2013

31 Jul 2013

24 Oct 2013

31 Jul 2012

24 Oct 2014

31 Jul 2013

24 Oct 2014

31 Jul 2014

24 Oct 2014

End of Perf. Periods

31 Dec 2013

End of Perf. Periods

31 Dec 2013

End of Perf. Period

31 Dec 2012

Financial
year of offer

2007

2008

2008

2008

2009

2009

2009

2009

2009

2009

Grant date

1 Dec 2006

1 Aug 2007

23 Jan 2008

23 Jan 2008

17 Dec 2008

17 Dec 2008

17 Dec 2008

30 Jun 2009

30 Jun 2009

30 Jun 2009

2010 (CEO only)

6 Nov 2009

2010 (CEO only)

6 Nov 2009

2010 (Snr Execs)

6 Nov 2009

Total

Refer to Financial Report page 106 for 2007, 2008, 2009 plans.

2011 grants
No grants were made in financial year 2011.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   47

10/10/11   10:57 AM

48

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Remuneration Report continued

2010 grants Tranche A to D (CEO only)
 ›

In November 2009, the Board approved an additional grant of options under the MEIP to Mr Brookes to the value of $9,000,000 (valued as at the grant date 
of 6 November 2009). The options were granted in four tranches, at no cost to Mr Brookes, and formed the long term incentive component of Mr Brookes’ 
remuneration under his then new long term incentive arrangements. The independent valuation of each tranche of these options at the time of grant and 
the resulting number of options granted is shown in the following table. In total Mr Brookes was granted 7,380,394 options under these LTI arrangements.
Three‑quarters of the options are subject to a performance hurdle based on Myer’s fully diluted earnings per share (EPS) (EPS Options) and one quarter 
of the options are subject to a performance hurdle based on Myer’s share price (Share Price Options). Vesting of the options is also subject to a service 
condition – vesting will be subject to Mr Brookes remaining employed by the Group until the end of the relevant performance period. Each option is an 
entitlement to one share upon payment of the exercise price. For the EPS Options, the exercise price is $4.10 per option and for the Share Price Options, the 
exercise price $5.74 per option. Options which do not satisfy the vesting conditions will lapse on the expiry date. 
The Board considered that a combination of EPS and share price performance were the most appropriate hurdles for these options. In particular, the EPS 
hurdle measures compound annual growth in EPS and was chosen based on a review of then market practice and the then lack of a valid peer group 
against which to measure the Group’s performance on other hurdles such as Total Shareholder Return (TSR). Share price growth was selected to encourage 
Mr Brookes to focus on delivering results that lead to an improvement in the share price of Myer above the IPO price. 

 ›

 ›

Performance hurdles for 2010 grants – Tranche A – D (CEO only)
Set out below is a summary of performance hurdles and performance periods applicable to each component of the CEO grant.

Financial year  
of grant

Value of 
options at 
grant date

Valuation of
each option
at grant date

Number of
options
granted

Exercise 
price

Applicable hurdles

Potential time of vesting

2010 Tranche A

$5,400,000

$1.31

4,122,137

$4.10

EPS Hurdle1

End of First Performance 
Period. Re‑testing at end of 
Second Performance Period

2010 Tranche B

$1,350,000

$1.31

1,030,534

$4.10

EPS Hurdle1 and extended 
12 month service condition

End of Second 
Performance Period

2010 Tranche C

$1,800,000

$1.01

1,782,178

$5.74

Share Price Hurdle2 

End of First Performance 
Period Re‑testing at end of 
Second Performance Period

2010 Tranche D

$450,000

$1.01

 445,545

$5.74

Share Price Hurdle3 and 
extended 12 month 
service condition

End of Second 
Performance Period

1 

2 

For both 2010 Tranche A and B options, performance against the EPS hurdle will be measured at the end of the First Performance Period. If the EPS hurdle is not met at the end of the First Performance Period, the Tranche 
A and B options will be re‑tested at the end of the Second Performance Period, measuring the Company’s annual compound growth in EPS over the Second Performance Period applying the vesting schedule.

For 2010 Tranche C options, performance against the Share Price Hurdle will be measured at the end of the First Performance Period. If the Share Price hurdle is not met at the end of the First Performance 
Period, the 2010 Tranche C options will be re‑tested at the end of the Second Performance Period.

3 

For 2010 Tranche D options, performance against the Share Price hurdle will be measured at the end of the Second Performance Period.

Performance periods for the CEO’s 2010 options are as follows:
 ›
 ›

the First Performance Period is the three financial years ending July 2012; and
the Second Performance Period is the four financial years ending July 2013.

The vesting schedule and performance hurdles for the CEO’s 2010 EPS options are as follows:

Compound annual growth rate in EPS over the performance period

% of EPS options that will vest

At 10%

Between 10% and 12.5%

At 12.5%

Between 12.5% and 15%

At or above 15%

33.33%

Pro‑rata vesting between 33.33% and 66.66%

66.66%

Pro‑rata vesting between 66.66% and 100%

100%

The base EPS used for the purpose of determining the compound annual growth rate is 23.5 cents, representing FY09 fully diluted EPS, adjusted to a proforma 
basis consistent with the capital structure of the Group post IPO. 

The Share Price Options hurdle will be satisfied if the market price of the Company’s shares exceeds $5.74 at the end of the relevant performance period. For 
these purposes, the market price of the Company’s shares will be the volume weighted average price of the shares quoted on the ASX over one calendar 
month prior to the expiry of the relevant performance period.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   48

10/10/11   10:57 AM

49

Assessment
At the end of each performance period the Committee reviews the Company’s audited financial results and the results of the other performance measures and 
assesses performance against each measure to determine the percentage of the options (if any) that will vest.

2010 Tranche E – Offered to Senior Executives (other than the CEO) in November 2009
In November 2009, the Board approved an additional grant of options under MEIP to selected individuals to the value of $4,100,000 (valued as at the grant date 
of 6 November 2009). These options were independently valued at $1.19 each as at the date of grant, resulting in a grant of 3,445,379 options in total.

These options are subject to satisfaction of an EPS performance hurdle based on a compound annual growth rate in EPS of 10% over the performance period 
ending in July 2012. These options will lapse to the extent the EPS performance hurdle is not satisfied. The EPS hurdle was selected for senior executive options 
as the most appropriate measure relative to other possible measures. Unlike the CEO’s options, there is no share price trigger for any of these options, the Board 
having taken the view that a more specific focus on earnings rather than the share price was preferable for this group of executives.

As with other options granted under the MEIP, each option entitles the holder to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in the Company, subject to the 
satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions and the payment of the exercise price. For the 2010 Tranche E Options the exercise price is $4.10 which is 
the same as the IPO listing price in November 2009.

Set out below is a summary of the performance hurdle and the performance period for options granted to senior executives other than the CEO.

 Financial year 
of grant

Value of
options at
grant date

Valuation of
each option
at grant date

Number
of options
granted

Exercise 
price

Applicable hurdles

Potential time of vesting

2010 Tranche E

$4,100,000

$1.19

3,445,379

$4.10

EPS Hurdle

End of Perf. Period – July 2012

The following table summarises the 2010 Tranche E grants made to KMP and other Company executives in November 2009. 

KMP

N Abboud

M Ashby

G Travers

P Winn

Value of
options at
grant date

Valuation of
each option
at grant date

Number 
of options 
granted

Exercise 
price

Applicable hurdles

Potential time of vesting

$500,000

$500,000

$500,000

$500,000

$1.19

$1.19

$1.19

$1.19

420,168

420,168

420,168

420,168

$4.10

EPS Hurdle

End of Perf. Period – July 2012

$4.10

EPS Hurdle

End of Perf. Period – July 2012

$4.10

EPS Hurdle

End of Perf. Period – July 2012

$4.10

EPS Hurdle

End of Perf. Period – July 2012

The applicable performance period is the three financial years for the Company ending July 2012.

The calculation of the compound annual growth rate in EPS is based on growth from the proforma FY09 fully diluted EPS of 23.5 cents, consistent with 2010 
Tranche A and 2010 Tranche B grants to the CEO described above.

Details of options over ordinary shares in the Company currently provided as remuneration and granted during the current year to each Director of Myer 
Holdings Limited and each of the KMP of the Company are set out on page 51. Further information on the MEIP is set out in note 38 to the financial statements.

Long Term Incentives – New FY12 MEIP
As discussed on page 43, the Board has approved a new long term incentive plan, which is designed to encourage Myer’s senior executives to create and 
deliver sustained shareholder returns and to reward executives.

The plan involves the grant of performance rights under the MEIP, which provide the executive with the right to acquire a share in the Company if certain 
performance conditions are satisfied.

The Board has selected around 400 senior executives to participate in the plan, based on role, accountability and ability of the individual to contribute to the 
medium and longer‑term success of the Group. As announced on 10 August 2011, this offer includes the proposed grant of performance rights to the value of 
$2,700,000 to the CEO which comprises the long term incentive component of his remuneration for the duration of his revised employment contract. The grant 
of these performance rights to the CEO is subject to shareholder approval at the November 2011 Annual General Meeting. No further award of performance 
rights is envisaged for the CEO for the duration of his renewed contract.

Before the performance rights can be exercised, certain performance conditions need to be satisfied. These performance conditions are based on Myer’s 
performance over a 3‑year period. If Myer performs better than its identified peer companies and certain minimum thresholds over that period are met then 
shareholders will benefit and executives will benefit as well by being provided with shares in the Company when the performance rights are exercised. The 
number of performance rights that vest will depend on how well Myer has performed during the performance period. For superior performance, 100% of the 
performance rights will vest. Only a percentage of performance rights will vest for performance below that level. If Myer does not achieve certain minimum 
thresholds then all the performance rights will lapse and no performance rights can vest. If a portion of the performance rights do not vest following the end of 
the performance period, then that portion of the performance rights that are unvested will lapse immediately and there will be no re‑testing at a later date.

During the performance period participants will not be able to sell, assign or otherwise deal in their performance rights. They will not be entitled to any 
dividends or distributions or exercise any voting rights. Generally, the performance rights will lapse on cessation of employment if they have not been 
exercised (whether vested or unvested before that time). Subject to applicable law, the Board has the power to allow an executive to keep some, or all of their 
performance rights on cessation (although the discretion is only likely to be exercised, if at all, in exceptional circumstances).

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   49

10/10/11   10:57 AM

50

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Remuneration Report continued

FY12 MEIP performance conditions
Other than for the CEO, there are two performance conditions that apply to the FY12 performance rights based on EPS and TSR performance. The performance 
rights are allocated on an equal weighting of 50% to each of the EPS Hurdle and the TSR Hurdle which are described below and these will be assessed 
separately, meaning that both hurdles do not need to be satisfied for any of an executive’s performance rights to vest. This means that it is possible for some or 
all of the performance rights with an EPS Hurdle to vest, while none of the performance rights with a TSR Hurdle vest (and vice versa).

The EPS Hurdle
The EPS Hurdle seeks to align the interests of the holders of performance rights with the financial performance of the Company. It does this by providing 
that the EPS performance rights can only be exercised if the Company achieves the EPS Hurdle that has been set by the Board. The EPS Hurdle is based on 
a minimum achieved compound annual growth rate (CAGR) in the Company’s fully diluted EPS over the performance period. The base number will be the 
Company’s fully diluted EPS calculated on the Company’s final audited results for the financial year ending 30 July 2011. The CAGR from this base will be 
calculated on the Company’s fully diluted EPS using the Company’s final audited results for the financial year ending 26 July 2014. The resulting CAGR will be 
used to determine the level of vesting for the performance rights with an EPS Hurdle.

The table below sets out the percentage of performance rights that will vest depending on the Company’s performance against the EPS Hurdle over the 
performance period, with a linear progression through the various threshold points.

EPS Hurdle rate
(compound annual growth over the performance period)

% of EPS performance rights that will vest1

Less than 5.0% 

At 5.0%

From 5% to 10% pro‑rata vesting of rights

Nil

50% of the number of EPS performance rights

Pro‑rata with a linear progression between 50% and up to 100% of the 
number of EPS performance rights e.g. at 7% compound annual growth 
rate, 70% of EPS performance rights vest

10% or greater

100% of the number of EPS performance rights

1 

The number of performance rights will be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

The TSR Hurdle
The TSR Hurdle also seeks to align the interests of the holders of performance rights with the interests of the Company’s shareholders. It does this by providing 
that the performance rights will only be exercised if the TSR for shares compares favourably to the TSR for investments in a peer group of companies. The 
Board has established a peer group of companies against which the Company’s TSR performance will be compared. TSR is a measure of the return or growth 
in the value of a share to a shareholder over a performance period on a share held for that period. It is the annualised return to shareholders, including all share 
price changes and reinvestment of distributions (including dividends). This figure is calculated pre‑tax and combines share price and distributions (including 
dividends) paid to show the total return to the shareholder. The calculation assumes that the distribution is reinvested into shares on the day it is paid and at 
the close price on that day.

TSR was chosen as a performance measure after the Board sought independent remuneration advice from Mercer (Australia) Pty Ltd. TSR was considered a 
relevant market based performance measure used by many ASX listed companies. 

The TSR peer group
The table below sets out the peer group for the FY12 MEIP offer. If any of these organisations cease to exist as entities at any time during the performance 
period, the size of the peer group may be maintained by additions determined by the Board.

In selecting the TSR Peer group, the Board sought independent advice from remuneration consultants Mercer (Australia) Pty Ltd. The composition of the group 
reflects measures of relative sales and market capitalisation as well as industry type that is complementary in nature to the Company’s business. It includes 
companies that are consumer facing, have a service orientation and/or are retail in nature with either product or services provided as part of their core offer. 

Entity – peer group

Air New Zealand Ltd

AP Eagers Ltd

Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd

Automotive Holdings Group Ltd

Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Ltd

Billabong International Ltd

Coca‑Cola Amatil Ltd

David Jones Ltd

Flight Centre Ltd

Foster’s Group Ltd

Metcash Ltd

Tabcorp Holdings Ltd

Specialty Fashion Group Ltd

GUD Holdings Ltd

Harvey Norman Holdings Ltd

JB Hi‑Fi Ltd

Pacific Brands Ltd

Tatts Group Ltd

Woolworths Ltd

Breville Group Ltd

Premier Investments Ltd

Oroton Group Ltd

Wesfarmers Ltd

STW Communications Group Ltd

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   50

10/10/11   10:57 AM

51

The table below sets out the percentage of the performance rights subject to a TSR Hurdle that will vest depending on the Company’s performance against 
the TSR Hurdle over the performance period. For any of these performance rights to vest, the Company’s TSR performance needs to be at least at the 50th 
percentile of the peer group for the performance period. 

TSR percentile ranking

% of TSR performance rights that will vest

Below 50th 

From 50th to 75th 

75th and above

Nil

Pro‑rata with a linear progression between 50% and up to 100% of the 
number of TSR performance rights

100% 

The performance rights to be offered to the CEO will have the same EPS Hurdle and TSR Hurdle although there will be two additional hurdles that the CEO 
must satisfy before any of these performance rights can be exercised, regardless of performance against the TSR and EPS Hurdles. These additional hurdles 
require the CEO to develop and deliver a succession plan for the role of the CEO by the conclusion of the performance period and to comply with the terms 
of his employment contract.

The Board has established a framework with the CEO that sets out the Board’s expectations on delivery of a succession plan. This includes regular milestone 
reviews to assess progress against the succession plan.

If the succession plan is delivered before the expiry of the performance period and the Board elects to terminate the CEO’s new contract early, the CEO may 
retain a prorated number of performance rights based on completed months of service of the contract period. Any pro‑rata performance rights earned by the 
CEO must be retained until the expiry of the full performance period of three years. The only exception to this requirement would be, subject to Board approval, 
a request by the CEO to exercise a proportion of his rights to meet any tax liability from the vesting of the rights. 

Testing the TSR and EPS Hurdles
Following the end of the performance period for performance rights and after the Company has lodged its full year audited financial results for 2014 with the 
ASX, the Board will test the performance conditions and will determine how many performance rights (if any) are eligible to vest. There will be no retesting of 
the performance conditions at a later date if they are not fully satisfied.

Summary of options granted, vested and lapsed for the reporting period

Number 
of options 
granted during 
the period

Value of 
options at 
grant date

Number 
of options 
vested during 
the period 1

Number 
of options
lapsed during 
the period

Value at 
lapsed date

Name

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

H McDonald

B Brookes

A Brennan

T Flood

C Froggatt

P Hay

R Myer 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other Key Management Personnel of the Company 

N Abboud

M Ashby

G Travers

P Winn

Other Company Executives

N Merola

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

480,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 

B Brookes held options which vested during the year which were granted to him in FY2007. N Abboud, M Ashby, G Travers and P Winn held options granted in FY2007 and FY2008, which vested on  
31 July 2011 (outside the reporting period). As a consequence, no options held by these executives vested during the reporting period. 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   51

10/10/11   10:57 AM

52

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Remuneration Report continued

The assessed fair value at grant date of options granted to KMP and company executives is allocated equally over the period from grant date to vesting date, 
and the amount is included in the remuneration tables above. Fair values at grant date are independently determined using an option pricing model that takes 
into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, 
the expected dividend yield and the risk‑free interest rate for the term of the option. 

Shares provided on exercise of options
Details of ordinary shares in the Company provided as a result of the exercise of options to each Director of the Company, KMPs and other Company executives 
are set out below.

Name

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

Number of ordinary shares provided 
on exercise of options during the period 1

Value at exercise date 2

H McDonald

B Brookes

A Brennan

T Flood

C Froggatt

P Hay

R Myer 

Other Key Management Personnel of the Company 

N Abboud

M Ashby

G Travers

P Winn

Other Company Executives

N Merola

–

480,000

–

–

–

–

–

30,000

80,000

–

–

–

–

$1,550,400

–

–

–

–

–

$25,800

$40,000

–

–

–

1 

2 

The number of shares provided on exercise of options are on a one‑for‑one basis.

The value at exercise date of options that were granted in prior periods as part of remuneration and were exercised during the year has been determined as the intrinsic value of the options at that date. 
This represents the excess of market value of the share acquired over the exercise price paid. 

The amounts paid per ordinary share by Directors, other Key Management Personnel and other Company executives on the exercise of options at the date 
of exercise were as follows:

Financial
year of grant

2007 Grant

2009 (23 Jan) Grant

Number of ordinary shares provided 
on exercise of options during the period

Amount paid per share 
on exercise of options

480,000

110,000

$0.01

$3.00

No amounts are unpaid on any shares provided on the exercise of options.

Details of remuneration: bonuses and share‑based compensation benefits

For each bonus and grant of options included in this report, the percentage of the available bonus or grant that was paid, or that vested, in the financial year, 
and the percentage and value that was forfeited because the person did not meet the service and performance criteria is set out below. Bonuses are payable 
in the year following the period in which they are earned. Options vest provided the vesting conditions are met (see pages 47 to 49). No options will vest if the 
conditions (either service or performance) are not satisfied, therefore the minimum value of the options yet to vest is nil. The maximum value of the options yet 
to vest has been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value of the options that is yet to be expensed.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   52

10/10/11   10:57 AM

53

STI / Bonus1

Share‑based compensation benefits (options)

Achieved
2011
%

Forfeited
2011
%

Target value
2011
$

Forfeited
Value
2011
$

Year 
granted

Vested 
%

Forfeited 
%

Name

H McDonald

B Brookes

T Flood

N Abboud

–

0%

–

0%

–

–

–

100%

1,709,400

1,709,400

–

–

–

100%

352,500

352,500

M Ashby

0%

100%

397,500

397,500

G Travers

0%

100%

427,500

427,500

P Winn

0%

100%

427,500

427,500

N Merola

0%

100%

107,160

107,160

The remaining
financial years in 
which options
may vest

Maximum total
value of grant
yet to vest 3
$

2012

–

2013–2014

894,546

2011

2012

2013

2014–2015

2012–2013

2012

2013

–

–

–

118,022

2,407

–

–

2012–2013

26,741

2013

2012

2013

2014–2015

2012–2013

2014–2015

2012

–

–

–

100,175

13,370

9,058

–

2008

2010

2007

2008

2010

2009

2008

2007

2010

2008

2010

2007

2010

2009

2008

2009

2007

93%

0%

100%

93%

0%

0%

33%

95%

0%

33%

0%

95%

0%

0%

33%

0%

92%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 

The % of STIs achieved and forfeited for 2010 are based on performance against ’at target’ performance as explained on pages 42 to 43.

2  N Merola ceased employment with the Group on 31 July 2011.

3 

The maximum total value of grant yet to vest represents the amount to be expensed under the relevant accounting standard based on expectations of how many options are expected to vest.

Loans to Directors and executives
Information on any loans to Directors and executives, including amounts, interest rates and repayment terms are set out in note 26(c) to the financial statements.

Dealing in securities
Under the Company’s Guidelines for Dealing in Securities, Directors and senior executives are prohibited from entering into hedging arrangements with respect 
to the Company’s securities. A copy of the Guidelines for Dealing in Securities is available on the Myer website. 

Escrow arrangements for the Chairman and management
Each of the Chairman, the CEO and certain specified executives who report directly to the CEO (Reporting Managers) agreed to a voluntary escrow 
arrangement with the Company under which they were restricted from dealing in a specified number of shares held by them, following the listing of the 
Company.

The Reporting Managers were restricted from dealing in their shares from the date of listing of the Company until the commencement of the first Board 
approved trading window following the release to the ASX of the Company’s audited results for the financial year ending 31 July 2010. The Chairman and CEO 
had the same arrangement, save that they agreed to an extended escrow period of 18 months from the listing of the Company. All escrow restrictions agreed 
at the time of listing of the Company have now lapsed.

ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations

The Board is committed to creating a fair and inclusive environment that embraces diversity and recognises its contribution to the Company’s commercial 
success.

The Board acknowledges the inclusion of diversity recommendations in the ASX Corporate Governance Principles.

The Company reports annually to the Federal Government Equal Opportunity for Women Agency (the Agency) with respect to gender and diversity in the 
company. In our most recent report to the Agency we have focussed on diversity issues concerning the representation of women in management roles across 
the business, recruitment and development initiatives and workplace flexibility, particularly having regard to flexibility related to meeting parenting challenges 
as well as return to work arrangements for those employees who have taken parental leave. We have recently joined with other businesses to commit to the 
challenge of providing work opportunities for Indigenous Australians and are examining the development of our ‘volunteering’ policy. We believe diversity will 
be reflected in a range of initiatives we undertake including these mentioned.

The Company will draw from its existing reporting obligations as well as a range of these other initiatives in developing appropriate objectives in respect of 
diversity, and will provide a more detailed report on diversity in our FY12 Annual Report.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   53

10/10/11   10:57 AM

54

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Financial Report

Myer Holdings Limited

ABN 14 119 085 602

Annual financial report for the period ended 30 July 2011

Contents

Financial statements

Income statement

Statement of comprehensive income

Balance sheet

Statement of changes in equity

Statement of cash flows

Notes to the financial statements

Directors' declaration

Independent auditor's report to the members

Page

55

55

56

57

58

59

60

110

111

These financial statements are the consolidated financial statements of the 
consolidated entity consisting of Myer Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries. 
The financial statements are presented in Australian currency.

Myer Holdings Limited is a company limited by shares, incorporated and 
domiciled in Australia. Its registered office is:

Myer Holdings Limited
Level 7, 800 Collins Street
Docklands, VIC, 3008

A description of the nature of the consolidated entity's operations and its 
principal activities is included in the Directors’ Report on pages 35 to 39, 
which is not part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 
5 October 2011. The Directors have the power to amend and reissue 
the financial statements.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   54

10/10/11   10:57 AM

Income statement

For the period ended 30 July 2011

Total sales value (excluding GST) 

Concession Sales

Sale of goods (excluding GST) 

Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods (excluding GST)

Other operating revenue (excluding finance revenue)

Cost of goods sold 

Other income 

Operating gross profit 

Selling expenses 

Administration expenses 

Store closure and restructuring costs

Profit on sale of financial asset

Earnings before interest and tax before non-recurring Initial Public Offering (IPO) transaction 
costs and related charges

Finance revenue 

Finance costs 

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax before non-recurring IPO transaction costs and related charges

Income tax expense

Profit for the period before non-recurring IPO transaction costs and related charges

IPO transaction costs and other non‑recurring IPO related charges (after tax)

Profit for the period

Profit is attributable to:

  Owners of Myer Holdings Limited

  Non‑controlling interests

Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations attributable  
to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

The above income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

55

Notes

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

6

7

6

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$'000

2010
53 weeks
$'000

 3,158,774 

 3,324,240 

 (451,867)

 (449,950)

 2,706,907 

 2,874,290 

 (40,104)

 (49,256)

 2,666,803 

 2,825,034 

 109,529 

 103,822 

 (1,551,112)

 (1,672,073)

 46,410 

 60,927 

 1,271,630 

 1,317,710 

 (717,063)

 (729,956)

 (295,633)

 (317,449)

 (10,476)

 11,680 

 – 

 – 

 260,138 

 270,305 

 2,169 

 2,725 

 (37,650)

 (44,570)

 (35,481)

 (41,845)

 224,657 

 228,460 

 (61,470)

 (64,926)

 163,187 

 163,534 

 (3,522)

 (96,352)

 159,665 

 67,182 

 159,724 

 67,182 

 (59)

– 

 159,665 

 67,182 

Cents

Cents

27.4

27.3

12.3

12.1

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   55

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
56

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Statement of comprehensive income

For the period ended 30 July 2011

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges

Non‑recurring IPO related transfers to profit and loss

Actuarial gains/(losses) on retirement benefit obligation

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to:

  Owners of Myer Holdings Limited

  Non‑controlling interests

Notes

24(b)

 24(b)

22(f )

24(b)

7(d)

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$'000

2010
53 weeks
$'000

 159,665 

 67,182 

 (2,893)

– 

 183 

 (85)

 106 

 (2,689)

 156,976 

 8,478 

 29,019 

 (127)

 – 

 (11,249)

 26,121 

 93,303 

 157,121 

 93,303 

 (145)

– 

 156,976 

 93,303 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   56

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
Balance sheet

As at 30 July 2011

ASSETS

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Total current assets

Non-current assets 

Other financial assets

Derivative financial instruments

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets 

Intangible assets

Other

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Derivative financial instruments 

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Other

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Provisions

Deferred income

Other

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY 

Contributed equity

Retained profits/(losses)

Reserves

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of Myer Holdings Limited

Non‑controlling interests

Total equity

The above balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

57

Consolidated

Notes

2011
$'000

2010
$'000

8

9

10

12

11

13

14

15

16

11

17

18

20

21

23

24

24

 37,274 

 28,216 

 381,261 

 446,751 

– 

 258 

 105,834 

 24,045 

 352,813 

 482,692 

 6,004 

 549 

 535,139 

 468,050 

 47,380 

 70,837 

 943,880 

 921,020 

 4,554 

 4,762 

 1,531,211 

 1,471,222 

 1,977,962 

 1,953,914 

 416,032 

 437,568 

 7,476 

 33,897 

 90,586 

 4,199 

 1,208 

 9,446 

 104,451 

 4,741 

 552,190 

 557,414 

 419,591 

 419,919 

 49,391 

 62,448 

 33,012 

 60,494 

 57,792 

 855 

 564,442 

 539,060 

 1,116,632 

 1,096,474 

 861,330 

 857,440 

 519,479 

 349,396 

 517,128 

 320,470 

 (15,120)

 19,842 

 853,755 

 857,440 

 7,575 

–

 861,330 

 857,440 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   57

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
58

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Statement of changes in equity

For the period ended 30 July 2011

Contributed
equity
$'000

Notes

Reserves
$'000

Consolidated

Retained
earnings
$'000

Non‑
controlling
interests
$'000

Balance as at 25 July 2009

 84,946 

 (19,270)

 314,446 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 – 

 26,248 

 67,055 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs

Dividends provided for or paid

Employee share options

Balance as at 31 July 2010

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs

Put option to acquire non‑controlling interest

Non‑controlling interest on acquisition of 
subsidiary

Dividends provided for or paid

Employee share options

23

25

24

23

24

31

25

24

 432,182 

 – 

 – 

 432,182 

 – 

 – 

 12,864 

 12,864 

 – 

 (61,031)

 – 

 (61,031)

 517,128 

 19,842 

 320,470 

 2,351 

 – 

 (31,650)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (130,981)

 (440)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Balance as at 30 July 2011

 519,479 

 (15,120)

 349,396 

 2,351 

 (32,090)

 (130,981)

The above statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Total
$'000

 380,122 

 93,303 

 432,182 

 (61,031)

 12,864 

 384,015 

 857,440 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 2,351 

 (31,650)

 7,634 

 7,634 

 – 

 – 

 7,634 

 7,575 

 (130,981)

 (440)

 (153,086)

 861,330 

 – 

 (2,872)

 159,907 

 (59)

 156,976 

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   58

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
Statement of cash flows

For the period ended 30 July 2011

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)

Other income

Interest paid

Tax paid

59

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$'000

2010
53 weeks
$'000

Notes

 3,095,328 

 3,260,846 

 (2,865,443)

 (3,027,872)

 229,885 

 232,974 

 54,200 

 70,739 

 (38,190)

 (59,257)

 (18,844)

 (3,405)

Net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities

35

 227,051 

 241,051 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of financial asset

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of sass & bide

Payments for intangible assets

Lease incentives received

Return of capital received from investment

Interest received 

Net cash (outflow) inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from borrowings net of transaction costs

Repayment of borrowings

Repayment of Myer Notes

Repayments of employee share loans

Payment for shares acquired by the Myer Employee Share Plan Trust

Proceeds from the issue of shares

Non‑recurring finance costs associated with IPO

Payment of costs of IPO

Dividend paid

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial period

 13,280 

 – 

 (136,542)

 (104,582)

31

 (40,374)

 – 

 (9,703)

 (29,955)

 6,109 

 4,404 

 2,176 

 23,700 

 1,196 

 2,979 

 (160,650)

 (106,662)

 (2,500)

 418,225 

 – 

 – 

 115 

 – 

 (645,000)

 (139,052)

 1,905 

 (823)

 2,351 

 314,632 

 – 

 (22,526)

 (3,946)

 (79,658)

25

 (130,981)

 (61,031)

 (134,961)

 (213,328)

 (68,560)

 (78,939)

 105,834 

 184,773 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

8

 37,274 

 105,834 

The above statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   59

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
60

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements

Contents of the notes to the financial statements   

Page

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

Summary of significant accounting policies

Financial risk management

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Segment information

Revenue and Other Income

Expenses

Income tax expense

Current assets – Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets – Trade and other receivables

Current assets – Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Non‑current assets – Other financial assets

Non‑current assets – Property, plant and equipment

Non‑current assets – Deferred tax assets

Non‑current assets – Intangible assets

Current liabilities – Trade and other payables

Current liabilities – Provisions

Borrowings

Non‑current liabilities – Deferred tax liabilities

Non‑current liabilities – Provisions

Non‑current liabilities – Other

Non‑current liabilities – Retirement benefit obligations

Contributed equity

Reserves and retained profits

Dividends

Key Management Personnel disclosures

Remuneration of auditors

Contingencies

Commitments

Related party transactions

Business combinations

Subsidiaries and transactions with non‑controlling interests

Deed of cross guarantee

Events occurring after the reporting period

Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

Parent entity financial information

Earnings per share

Share‑based payments

61

68

72

72

73

74

75

76

76

77

78

78

79

80

81

82

82

83

85

85

86

86

89

90

92

93

96

97

97

97

98

99

100

103

103

104

105

106

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   60

10/10/11   10:57 AM

61

Shares in Myer Holdings Limited held by the Myer Equity Plans Trust are 
disclosed as treasury shares and deducted from contributed equity.

(c) Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief 
operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and 
assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified 
as the Chief Executive Officer.

(d) Foreign currency translation
(i)  Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are 
measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is Myer Holdings 
Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

(ii)  Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency 
using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions 
and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss, 
except when they are deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges 
and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net 
investment in a foreign operation.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in 
the income statement, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains 
and losses are presented in the income statement on a net basis within other 
income or other expenses.

Non‑monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency 
are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was 
determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value 
are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation 
differences on non‑monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair 
value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as part of the fair 
value gain or loss and translation differences on non‑monetary assets such as 
equities classified as available‑for‑sale financial assets are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

(iii) Group companies
The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has 
the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency 
different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation 
currency as follows:
 ›

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the 
closing rate at the date of that balance sheet,
income and expenses for each income statement and statement of 
comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless 
this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates 
prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses 
are translated at the dates of the transactions), and
all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

 ›

 ›

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any 
net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings and other financial 
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recognised 
in other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or any 
borrowings forming part of the net investment are repaid, a proportionate 
share of such exchange difference is reclassified to profit or loss, as part of the 
gain or loss on sale where applicable.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign 
operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and 
translated at the closing rate.

1  Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. 
The financial statements are for the consolidated entity consisting of Myer 
Holdings Ltd and its subsidiaries.

(a) Basis of preparation
These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, other authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board, Urgent Issues 
Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.

Financial periods
The 2011 financial period represents 52 weeks ended 30 July 2011, the 
comparative financial period represents 53 weeks ended 31 July 2010.

Compliance with IFRSs
The consolidated financial statements of Myer Holdings Limited Group also 
comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by 
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Historical cost convention
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost 
convention, as modified by the revaluation of available for sale financial assets 
and financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair 
value through profit or loss.

Critical accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting 
standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying 
the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are 
significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 3.

(b) Principles of consolidation
(i)  Subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of 
all subsidiaries of Myer Holdings Limited (‘Company’ or ‘parent entity’) as at 
30 July 2011 and the results of all subsidiaries for the period then ended. Myer 
Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this financial 
report as the Group or the consolidated entity.

Subsidiaries are all those entities (including special purpose entities) over 
which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating 
policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of 
the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are 
currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether 
the Company controls another entity.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred 
to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business 
combinations by the Group (refer note 1(h)).

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions 
between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated 
unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset 
transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, where 
necessary, to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Non‑controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown 
separately in the consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive 
income, statement of changes in equity and balance sheet respectively.

(ii)   Employee Share Trust
The Group has formed a trust to administer the Group’s employee share 
scheme. This trust is consolidated, as the substance of the relationship is that 
the trust is controlled by the Group.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   61

10/10/11   10:57 AM

62

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Notes to the financial statements continued

1  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(e) Revenue recognition
Total sales value presented on the income statement represents proceeds 
from sale of goods from sales (both by Myer and concession operators) 
generated in Myer stores and prior to the deferral of revenue under the 
customer loyalty program. Concession sales presented in the income 
statement represents sales proceeds of concession operators within Myer 
stores. Total sales value is disclosed to show the total sales generated in Myer 
stores and provide a basis of comparison with similar department stores.

Revenue from the sale of goods, excluding lay‑by transactions, is recognised 
at the point of sale and is after deducting taxes paid, and does not include 
concession sales. Allowance is made for expected sales returns based on 
past experience of returns and expectations about the future. A provision for 
sales returns is recognised based on this assessment. Revenue from lay‑by 
transactions is recognised as part of revenue from the sale of goods at the 
date upon which the customer satisfies all payment obligations and takes 
possession of the merchandise.

Revenue from sale of goods excludes concession sales on the basis that the 
inventory sold is owned by the concession operator at the time of sale and 
not Myer. Myer’s share of concession sales is recognised as income within 
other operating revenue at the time the sale is made.

Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective 
interest method. Dividends are recognised as revenue when the right to 
receive payment is established.

Customer loyalty program
The Group operates a loyalty program where customers accumulate points 
for purchases made which entitle them to discounts on future purchases. 
The award points are recognised as a separately identifiable component of 
the initial sale transaction, by allocating the fair value of the consideration 
received between the award points and the other components of the sale 
such that the award points are recognised at their fair value. Revenue from 
the award points is recognised when the points are redeemed. The amount 
of revenue is based on the number of points redeemed relative to the total 
number expected to be redeemed. Award points expire 24 months after the 
initial sale.

(f) Income tax
The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on 
the current period’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate 
adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to 
temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused tax losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at 
the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered or liabilities are 
settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted. 
The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible 
and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or 
liability. An exemption is made for certain temporary differences if they arose 
in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the 
transaction did not affect accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and 
unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be 
available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable 
right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax 
balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax 
liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset 
and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the 
liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised in 
other comprehensive income or directly in equity are also recognised directly 
in other comprehensive income or equity.

(g) Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment in which a significant portion of 
the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified 
as operating leases (note 29). Lease incentives received on entering into 
operating leases are recognised as deferred income and are amortised over 
the lease term. Payments made under operating leases (net of any amortised 
deferred income) are charged to the income statement on a straight line 
basis over the period of the lease.

Leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership are classified as finance leases. There were no finance leases in 
place during the reporting period.

(h) Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business 
combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are 
acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary 
comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and 
the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred also 
includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent 
consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre‑existing equity 
interest in the subsidiary. Acquisition‑related costs are expensed as incurred. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed 
in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at 
their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition‑by‑acquisition basis, 
the Group recognises any non‑controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair 
value or at the non‑controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s 
net identifiable assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non‑
controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition‑date fair value of any 
previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s 
share of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those 
amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the 
subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, 
the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts 
payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date 
of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing 
rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an 
independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. 
Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair 
value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

(i)  Impairment of assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not 
subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment, or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might 
be impaired. Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the 
asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash 
generating units). For store assets, the appropriate cash‑generating unit is an 
individual store. Non financial assets other than goodwill that have previously 
suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment 
at each reporting date.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   62

10/10/11   10:57 AM

63

(j)  Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and 
cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial 
institutions, other short term, highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known 
amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 
in value, and bank overdrafts.

(k) Trade receivables
Collectibility of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts 
which are known to be uncollectible are written off by reducing the carrying 
amount directly. An allowance account (provision for impairment of trade 
receivables) is established when there is objective evidence that the Group 
will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of 
receivables. Cash flows relating to short term receivables are not discounted 
if the effect of discounting is immaterial.

The amount of the impairment loss is recognised in the income statement 
within other expenses. When a trade receivable for which an impairment 
allowance had been recognised becomes uncollectible in a subsequent 
period, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries 
of amounts previously written off are credited against other expenses in the 
income statement.

(l)  Inventories
At the end of the reporting period, all inventories are valued at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the weighted 
average cost method, after deducting any purchase settlement discount 
and including logistics expenses incurred in bringing the inventories to their 
present location and condition.

Volume related supplier rebates and supplier promotional rebates are 
recognised as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are recorded as a 
reduction of cost of goods sold when the inventory is sold.

(m) Investments and other financial assets
Classification
The Group classifies its investments in the following categories: financial 
assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held to 
maturity investments, and available for sale financial assets. The classification 
depends on the purpose for which the investments were acquired. 
Management determines the classification of its investments at initial 
recognition and, in the case of assets classified as held to maturity, re‑
evaluates this designation at the end of each reporting period.

(i)  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets held for 
trading which are acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short 
term with the intention of making a profit. Derivatives are also categorised as 
held for trading unless they are designated as hedges.

(ii)  Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise 
when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with 
no intention of selling the receivable. They are included in current assets, 
except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting 
period which are classified as non current assets. Loans and receivables are 
included in receivables in the balance sheet (note 9).

(iii) Held to maturity investments
Held to maturity investments are non‑derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments and fixed maturities that the Group’s management 
has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.

(iv) Available for sale financial assets
Available for sale financial assets are non derivatives that are either designated 
in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are 
included in non current assets unless management intends to dispose of the 
investment within 12 months of the end of the reporting period.

Recognition and derecognition
Purchases and sales of investments are recognised on trade‑date, the date 
on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are 
initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets 
not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets carried at fair 
value through profit or loss are initially recognised at fair value and transaction 
costs are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognised when 
the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have 
been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership.

Measurement
Available for sale financial assets and financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair value, unless they are equity 
securities that do not have a market price quoted in an active market 
and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured. In that case they are 
carried at cost.

Loans and receivables and held to maturity investments are carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains or losses arising 
from changes in the fair value of the ‘financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss’ category, including interest and dividend income, are 
presented in profit or loss within other income or other expenses in the 
period in which they arise.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in a foreign 
currency and classified as available for sale are analysed between translation 
differences resulting from changes in amortised cost of the security and other 
changes in the carrying amount of the security. The translation differences 
are recognised in profit or loss and other changes in carrying amount are 
recognised in equity. Changes in the fair value of other monetary and non‑
monetary securities classified as available for sale are recognised in equity.

When securities classified as available for sale are sold or impaired, the 
accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in equity are included in 
profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

Details on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined are 
disclosed in note 2.

Impairment
The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there 
is objective evidence that a financial asset or Group of financial assets is 
impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available for sale, a 
significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost 
is considered in determining whether the security is impaired. If any such 
evidence exists for available for sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – 
measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair 
value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised 
in profit or loss – is reclassified from equity and recognised in profit or loss as 
a reclassification adjustment. Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss 
on equity instruments classified as available for sale are not reversed through 
profit or loss.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   63

10/10/11   10:57 AM

64

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Notes to the financial statements continued

1  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(n) Derivatives and hedging activities
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative 
contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value 
at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes 
in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging 
instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group 
designates certain derivatives as either:
 ›

hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm 
commitment (fair value hedges); or
hedges of the cash flows or recognised assets or liabilities and highly 
probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

 ›

The Group documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the 
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as 
its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge 
transactions. The Group also documents its assessments, both at hedge 
inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used 
in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in 
offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non‑current asset 
or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 
12 months. It is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining 
maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

(i)  Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as 
fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any 
changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable 
to the hedged risk. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest 
rate swaps hedging fixed rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within 
finance costs, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged fixed rate 
borrowings attributable to interest rate risk. The gain or loss relating to the 
ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss.

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the 
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedge item for which the effective 
interest method is used is amortised to profit or loss over the period to 
maturity using a recalculated effective interest rate.

(ii)  Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are 
designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in 
the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods 
when the hedged item affects profit or loss. The gain or loss relating to the 
effective portion of the interest rate swaps hedging variable rate borrowings 
is recognised in profit or loss within finance costs. When the forecast 
transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non‑financial asset 
(for example, inventory or fixed assets) the gains and losses previously 
deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial 
measurement of the cost of the asset. The deferred amounts are ultimately 
recognised in profit or loss as cost of goods sold in the case of inventory, or as 
depreciation in the case of fixed assets.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge 
no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or 
loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when 
the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a 
forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or 
loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

(iii) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes 
in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge 
accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

(o) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation. Cost 
includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the 
items. Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gains/losses on 
qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of property, plant 
and equipment.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as 
a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic 
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the 
item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged 
to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the 
straight line method to allocate their cost net of their residual values, over 
their estimated useful lives, as follows:
 ›
 ›
 ›
 ›

Buildings 
Fixtures and fittings 
Plant and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

40 years
3 – 12.5 years
10 – 20 years
20 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if 
appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable 
amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount (note 1(i)).

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with 
carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.

Non-current assets held for sale
Non‑current assets are classified as held for sale and stated at the lower of 
their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if their carrying amount 
will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through 
continuing use.

Non‑current assets are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified 
as held for sale. Non‑current assets classified as held for sale are presented 
separately from the other assets in the balance sheet.

(p) Intangible assets
(i)  Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as described in note 1(h). Goodwill on acquisition 
of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of 
associates is included in investments in associates. Goodwill is not amortised 
but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried at 
cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of 
an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

(ii)  Brand names and trade marks
Certain Group brands are considered to have indefinite lives. These brands are 
not considered to have foreseeable brand maturity dates, and have accordingly 
been assessed as having indefinite useful lives and are therefore not amortised. 
Instead, the brand names are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be 
impaired, and are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Other brands have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the 
straight line method to allocate the cost of brands over their estimated useful 
life of 20 years.

(iii) Computer software
All costs directly incurred in the purchase or development of major computer 
software or subsequent upgrades and material enhancements, which can 
be reliably measured and are not integral to a related asset, are capitalised as 
intangible assets. Direct costs may include internal payroll and on‑costs for 
employees directly associated with the project. Costs incurred on computer 
software maintenance or during the planning phase are expensed as 
incurred. Computer software is amortised over the period of time during 
which the benefits are expected to arise, being 5 to 10 years.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   64

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
65

(iv) Lease Rights
Lease rights represent the amount paid up‑front to take over store site leases 
from the existing lessee where such payments are in addition to the ongoing 
payment of normal market lease rentals. Lease rights are amortised over the 
term of the lease plus any renewal options reasonably certain to be utilised at 
the time of acquisition of the lease rights, being 13 to 17 years.

(q) Trade and other payables
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the 
Group prior to the end of financial period which are unpaid. The amounts are 
unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 90 days of recognition. Trade and 
other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due 
within 12 months from the reporting date.

(r)  Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. 
Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the 
redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of 
the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the 
establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the 
loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be 
drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. 
To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the 
facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity 
services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months 
after the reporting period.

(s)  Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are 
capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare 
the asset for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are expensed.

(t)  Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources 
will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably 
estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an 
outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class 
of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood 
of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of 
obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of Management’s best estimate 
of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of 
the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the liability.

The Group is self‑insured for costs relating to workers’ compensation and 
general liability claims in certain states. Provisions are recognised based on 
claims reported, and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, 
prior to balance date. These provisions are determined utilising an actuarially 
determined method, which is based on various assumptions including but 
not limited to future inflation, average claim size and claim administrative 
expenses. These assumptions are reviewed annually and any reassessment of 
these assumptions will affect the workers’ compensation expense.

(u) Employee benefits
(i)  Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non‑monetary benefits and annual 
leave expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period in 
which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of 
employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are measured 
at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. The 
liability for annual leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits. 
All other short‑term employee benefit obligations are presented as payables.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 
12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the 
related service is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and 
measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in 
respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting 
period using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to 
expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures 
and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using 
market yields at the end of the reporting period on national government 
bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, 
the estimated future cash outflows.

(iii) Retirement benefit obligations
The Group contributes to a number of superannuation funds that have 
been established to provide benefits for employees. Apart from one defined 
benefit fund, with a range of member categories, all funds are defined 
contribution funds, and contributions to them are recognised as an expense 
as they become payable.

The defined benefit fund that the Group contributes to is currently 
administered through Mercer Human Resource Consulting within a Mercer 
Master Trust arrangement on behalf of Myer. The defined benefit fund 
provides defined lump sum pension benefits based on years of service and 
final average salary. Myer defined benefit members who were members 
of the Coles Myer Defined Benefit Fund were transferred to the Myer Fund 
effective 2 June 2006. The Fund is closed to new members and only existing 
Defined Benefit members were eligible for membership.

A liability or asset in respect of the defined benefit fund is recognised in the 
balance sheet, and is measured as the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of the fund’s 
assets at that date and any unrecognised past service cost. The present value 
of the defined benefit obligation is based on expected future payments 
that arise from membership of the fund to the end of the reporting period, 
calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit 
method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, 
experience of employee departures and periods of service.

Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the end 
of the reporting period on government bonds with terms to maturity 
and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future 
cash outflows.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes 
in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the period in which they occur, 
outside profit or loss directly in the statement of comprehensive income.

(iv) Profit sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit 
sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit 
attributable to the Group’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group 
recognises a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past 
practice that has created a constructive obligation.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   65

10/10/11   10:57 AM

66

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Notes to the financial statements continued

(w) Dividends
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being 
appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity, on or 
before the end of the financial period but not distributed at balance date.

(x) Earnings per share
(i)  Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:
 ›

 ›

the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of 
servicing equity other than ordinary shares
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during 
the financial period, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued 
during the period and excluding treasury shares (note 23).

(ii)  Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of 
basic earnings per share to take into account:
 ›

the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated 
with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and
the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would 
have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares.

 ›

(y) Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of 
associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation 
authority. In this case, it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the 
asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable 
or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the 
balance sheet.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows 
arising from investing or financing activities, which are recoverable from, or 
payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow.

(z) Rounding of amounts
The Group has taken advantage of Class Order 98/100, issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), relating to the 
‘rounding off’ of amounts in the financial statements. Amounts in the financial 
statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, or in 
certain cases, to the nearest dollar.

1  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(u) Employee benefits continued
(v)  Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the 
normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts voluntary redundancy 
in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits 
when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of 
current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of 
withdrawal or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to 
encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months 
after the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.

(vi) Share-Based Payments
Share‑based compensation benefits are provided to employees via the 
Myer Equity Incentive Plan. Information relating to these schemes is set out 
in note 38.

The fair value of options granted under the plan is recognised as an employee 
benefit expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount 
to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options 
granted, which includes any market performance conditions but excludes the 
impact of any services and non‑market performance vesting conditions and 
the impact of any non‑vesting conditions.

Non‑market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the 
number of options that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised 
over the vesting period, which is the period over which all the specified 
vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the entity 
revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest 
based on the non‑market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of 
revisions to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity.

The Myer Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Myer Equity Incentive 
Plan Trust see note 1(b)(ii). When options are exercised, the trust transfers the 
appropriate number of shares to the employee. The proceeds received net of 
any directly attributable transaction costs are credited directly to equity.

(vii) Employee Share Acquisition Plan – Gift shares
At the time of the Initial Public Offer of shares in the Company and as 
disclosed in the associated prospectus, eligible employees were entitled 
to participate in the Employee Gift Offer. Eligible employees were offered 
the opportunity to acquire, at no cost, the nearest number of shares up 
to the value of $725. The cost of the shares issued was expensed to the 
Income Statement.

(v) Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown 
in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, 
for example as the result of a share buy‑back or a share‑based payment 
plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental 
costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the 
owners of Myer Holdings Limited as treasury shares until the shares are 
cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, 
any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental 
transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity 
attributable to the owners of Myer Holdings Limited.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   66

10/10/11   10:57 AM

67

(aa) New accounting standards and interpretations
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published 
that are not mandatory for 30 July 2011 reporting periods. The Group’s and 
the parent entity’s assessment of the impact of these new standards and 
interpretations, that were considered relevant for the consolidated entity, is 
set out below.

(i) 

 AASB 9 Financial Instruments 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from AASB 9 and AASB 2010‑7 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 (December 2010) (effective from 
1 January 2013)

AASB 9 Financial Instruments addresses the classification, measurement 
and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The standard 
is not applicable until 1 January 2015 but is available for early adoption. 
When adopted, the standard will affect in particular the Group’s accounting 
for its available for sale financial assets, since AASB 9 only permits the 
recognition of fair value gains and losses in other comprehensive income if 
they relate to equity investments that are not held for trading. Fair value gains 
and losses on available for sale debt investments, for example will therefore 
have to be recognised directly in profit or loss.

There will be no impact on the Group’s accounting for financial liabilities, as 
the new requirements only affect the accounting for financial liabilities that 
are designated at fair value through profit or loss and the Group does not 
have any such liabilities. The derecognition rules have been transferred from 
AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and have not 
been changed.

(ii)   AASB 2009‑14 Amendments to Australian Interpretation – Prepayments of 

a Minimum Funding Requirement (effective from 1 January 2011)

In December 2009, the AASB made an amendment to Interpretation 14 
The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their 
Interaction. The amendment removes an unintended consequence of the 
interpretation related to voluntary prepayments when there is a minimum 
funding requirement in regard to the entity’s defined benefit scheme. It 
permits entities to recognise an asset for a prepayment of contributions made 
to cover minimum funding requirements. The Group does not make any 
such prepayments. The amendment is therefore not expected to have any 
impact on the Group’s financial statements. The Group intends to apply the 
amendment from 31 July 2011.

(iii)  AASB 1053 Application of Tiers of Australian Accounting Standards and 

AASB 2010‑2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from 
Reduced Disclosure Requirements (effective from 1 July 2013)

On 30 June 2010, the AASB officially introduced a revised differential 
reporting framework in Australia. Under this framework, a two‑tier differential 
reporting regime applies to all entities that prepare general purpose financial 
statements. Myer Holdings Limited is listed on the ASX and is not eligible 
to adopt the new Australian Accounting Standards – Reduced Disclosure 
Requirements. The two standards will therefore have no impact on the 
financial statements of the entity.

(ab) Parent entity financial information
The financial information for the parent entity, Myer Holdings Limited, 
disclosed in note 36 has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated 
financial statements, except as set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries

(i) 
Investment in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial 
statements of Myer Holdings Limited.

(ii)  Tax consolidation legislation
Myer Holdings Limited and its wholly owned Australian controlled entities 
have implemented the tax consolidation legislation.

The head entity, Myer Holdings Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax 
consolidated group continue to account for their own current and deferred 
tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax 
consolidated group continues to be a stand‑alone taxpayer in its own right.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Myer Holdings 
Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred 
tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed 
from controlled entities in the tax consolidated group.

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which 
the wholly‑owned entities fully compensate Myer Holdings Limited for any 
current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Myer Holdings Limited 
for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax 
losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Myer Holdings Limited 
under the tax consolidation legislation. The funding amounts are determined 
by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly‑owned entities’ 
financial statements.

The funding amounts are recognised as current intercompany 
receivables or payables.

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax 
consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or payable 
to other entities in the Group.

Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or 
payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised as a contribution 
to (or distribution from) wholly‑owned tax consolidated entities.

(ac) Comparative amounts
Where current period balances have been classified differently within 
current period disclosures when compared to the prior period, comparative 
disclosures have been restated to ensure consistency of presentation 
between periods.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   67

10/10/11   10:57 AM

68

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

2  Financial risk management

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk and cash flow and fair value interest rate risk); credit risk; and 
liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects 
on the financial performance of the Group. The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swaps to 
hedge certain risk exposures. Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes, i.e. not as trading or other speculative instruments. The Group uses different 
methods to measure different types of risk to which it is exposed. These methods include sensitivity analysis in the case of interest rate and foreign exchange risk, 
and an aging analysis for credit risk.

Risk management is carried out by the Company under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Company identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks. 
The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and use 
of financial instruments and non‑derivative financial instruments.

(a) Market risk
(i)  Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s 
functional currency.

The Group sources inventory purchases overseas and is exposed to foreign exchange risk, particularly in relation to currency exposures to the US dollar.

To minimise the effects of a volatile and unpredictable exchange rate it is Group policy to enter into forward exchange contracts in relation to the Group’s 
overseas purchases for any 12 month period. The actual level of cover taken fluctuates depending on the period until settlement of the foreign currency 
transaction, within the board approved hedging policy. This policy allows cover to be taken on a sliding scale between 25 ‑100% depending on the period to 
maturity (up to 12 months).

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period was as follows:

Trade payables
Forward exchange contracts

30 July 2011

31 July 2010

USD
$’000

13,208 
76,350 

EURO
$’000

 264 
 – 

HKD
$’000

 82 
 – 

USD
$’000

 9,946 
 82,300 

EURO
$’000

 235 
 1,490 

HKD
$’000

 25
–

The parent entity’s financial assets and liabilities are denominated in Australian dollars.

Group sensitivity
Based on the financial instruments held at 30 July 2011, had the Australian dollar weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US dollar with all other variables 
held constant, the Group’s post‑tax profit for the period would have been $0.7 million higher/$0.9 million lower (2010: $0.7 million higher/$0.9 million lower), 
mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of US dollar denominated financial instruments as detailed in the above table.

Other components of equity would have been $3.6 million higher/$3.4 million lower (2010: $5.3 million higher/$6.5 million lower) had the Australian dollar 
weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US dollar, arising from foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges. The Group’s exposure to other 
foreign exchange movements is not material.

These sensitivities were calculated based on the Group’s period end spot rate for the applicable reporting period.

(ii)  Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at floating interest rates. Borrowings issued at floating rates expose the Group to cash flow interest 
rate risk. The risks are managed by the use of floating to fixed interest rate swap contracts. During the period, the Group policy was to fix the rates between 0 to 
30% of its Term Debt Facility. This policy had been complied with at the period end.

Interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally, the Group raises long term borrowings at 
floating rates and swaps them into fixed rates that are lower than those available if the Group borrowed at fixed rates directly. Under the interest rate swaps, 
the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between fixed contract rates and floating rate interest 
amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional principal amounts.

As at the end of the reporting period, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts outstanding:

Borrowings – Variable

Interest rate swaps (notional principal amount)

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk

30 July 2011

31 July 2010

Weighted
average 
interest rate
%

6.7%

6.2%

Weighted
average 
interest rate
%

7.0%

6.6%

Balance
$’000

 419,591 

(80,000)

339,591

Balance
$’000

419,919

(50,000)

369,919

The weighted average interest rates noted above for both borrowings and swaps are inclusive of margins applicable to the underlying variable rate borrowings.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   68

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
69

An analysis by maturities is provided in (c) below.

Interest rate exposure is evaluated regularly to confirm alignment with Group policy and to ensure the Group is not exposed to excess risk from interest 
rate volatility.

At 30 July 2011, if interest rates had changed by +/‑ 10% from the period end rates with all other variables held constant, post‑tax profit for the period would 
have been $1.2 million higher/$1.2 million lower (2010: change of +/‑ 10%: $1.2 million higher/$1.2 million lower), mainly as a result of higher/lower interest 
expense on borrowings.

Other components of equity would have been $0.3 million lower/$0.3 million higher (2010: $0.5 million lower/$0.5 million higher) mainly as a result of an 
increase/decrease in the fair value of the cash flow hedges of borrowings.

The range of sensitivities have been assumed based on the Group’s experience of average interest rate fluctuations in the applicable reporting period.

(b) Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial 
institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including receivables and committed transactions. For banks and financial institutions, only independently 
rated parties with a minimum rating of ‘A’ are accepted. Sales to retail customers are primarily required to be settled in cash or using major credit cards, 
mitigating credit risk. Where transactions are settled by way of lay‑by arrangements, revenue is not recognised until full payment has been received from the 
customer and goods collected.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of the financial assets as disclosed in notes 8, 9, 11 and 12.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings as detailed below, historical 
information about receivables default rates and current trading levels.

Based on the credit history of these classes, it is expected that these amounts will be received and are not impaired.

Trade receivables
0 – 30 days
30 – 60 days
60 – 90 days

90+ days

Total trade receivables
Cash at bank and short term bank deposits
AAA
AA
A

Derivative financial assets
AAA
AA
A

Consolidated

2011
$’000

14,126
573
223

1,450

16,372

–
37,274
–

37,274

–
258
–

258

2010
$’000

13,704
1,474
217

1,162

16,557

–
105,834
–

105,834

–
549
–

549

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   69

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
70

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

2  Financial risk management continued

(c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of funding through an adequate amount 
of committed credit facilities to meet obligations when due and due to close out market positions. Due to the seasonal nature of the retail business, the Group 
has in place flexible funding facilities to ensure liquidity risk is minimised.

Financing arrangements
The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

Floating rate

Expiring within one year (revolving cash advance facility)

Expiring beyond one year (revolving cash advance facility)

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

50,000

200,000

250,000

–

200,000

200,000

The long term revolving cash advance facility has two tranches each comprising $100 million and are set to expire 2 June 2014 and 2 June 2015 respectively. 
The long term revolving cash advance facilities may be drawn at any time and are subject to the Group continuing to meet its covenants. At balance date, 
these facilities remain undrawn.

In addition to the above, the Group entered into a 1 year $50 million revolving credit facility on 13 April 2011 for the purpose of funding the acquisition of the 
sass & bide business.

Maturities of financial liabilities
The tables below analyse the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:
(a)  all non‑derivative financial liabilities, and
(b)  net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying amounts as the impact of 
discounting is not significant. For interest rate swaps, the cash flows have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at the end of the reporting period.

Contractual maturities 
of financial liabilities

30 July 2011

Non-derivatives

Less than
6 months
$’000

6 – 12
months
$’000

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000

Between
2 and 5 
years
$’000

Over 5
years
$’000

Total
contractual
cash flows
$’000

Carrying
Amount
(assets)/
liabilities
$’000

Non‑interest bearing

446,585

–

–

31,650

Variable rate

Fixed rate

5,742

20,462

24,396

471,799

–

–

–

–

Total non-derivatives

452,327

20,462

24,396

503,449

Derivatives

Net settled (interest rate swaps)

(135)

148

Gross settled

– 

(inflow)

–  outflow

Total derivatives

(54,518)

(15,570)

61,463

6,810

16,726

1,304

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

478,235

446,585

522,399

419,591

–

–

1,000,634

866,176

13

(258)

(70,088)

78,189

8,114

–

7,476

7,218

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   70

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
71

Carrying
Amount
(assets)/
liabilities
$’000

437,568

419,919

–

Contractual maturities 
of financial liabilities

30 July 2010

Non-derivatives

Non‑interest bearing

Variable rate

Fixed rate

Less than
6 months
$’000

6 – 12
months
$’000

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000

Between
2 and 5 
years
$’000

Over 5
years
$’000

Total
contractual
cash flows
$’000

437,568

15,094

–

–

–

–

15,784

33,084

439,753

–

–

–

Total non-derivatives

452,662

15,784

33,084

439,753

Derivatives

Net settled (interest rate swaps)

(91)

(125)

(275)

Gross settled

– 

(inflow)

–  outflow

Total derivatives

(66,825)

(28,378)

67,893

977

28,518

15

–

–

(275)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

437,568

503,715

–

941,283

857,487

(491)

(549)

(95,203)

96,411

717

–

1,208

659

(d) Fair value measurements
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.

AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:
(a)  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1),
(b)  inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liabilities either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from 

prices) (level 2), and

(c)  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).

The following tables present the Group’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value at 30 July 2011 and 31 July 2010.

Group – at 30 July 2011

Assets

Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities

Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

Group – at 30 July 2010

Assets

Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities

Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

Level 1
$’000

Level 2
$’000

Level 3
$’000

Total
$’000

–

–

–

–

258

258

7,476

7,476

–

–

–

–

Level 1
$’000

Level 2
$’000

Level 3
$’000

–

–

–

–

549

549

1,208

1,208

–

–

–

–

258

258

7,476

7,476

Total
$’000

549

549

1,208

1,208

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   71

10/10/11   10:57 AM

72

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Notes to the financial statements continued

2  Financial risk management continued

(d) Fair value measurements continued
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market 
(for example, over‑the‑counter derivatives) is determined using valuation 
techniques. The Group uses quoted market prices or dealer quotes of similar 
instruments in order to estimate fair value for long term debt instruments 
held. The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value 
of the estimated future cash flows. The fair value of forward exchange 
contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the end of 
the reporting period. These instruments are included in level 2 and comprise 
derivative financial instruments.

The carrying amounts of trade receivables and payables are assumed to 
approximate their fair values due to their short term nature. The fair value 
of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting 
the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is 
available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

(ii)  Impairment
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles 
have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy 
stated in note 1(i). The recoverable amount of cash generating units have 
been determined based on value in use calculations at a store level. Goodwill 
and certain intangibles can only be tested for impairment at the level of the 
Myer Group as a whole. These calculations require the use of assumptions. 
Refer to note 15 for details of these assumptions. Should assumptions about 
future cash flows prove incorrect, the Group may be at risk of impairment 
write‑downs.

(iii) Recoverable amount of inventory
Management have assessed the value of inventory that is likely to be sold 
below cost using past experience and judgement on the likely sell through 
rates of various items of inventory, and booked a provision for this amount. 
To the extent that these judgements and assumptions prove incorrect, the 
Company may be exposed to potential additional inventory write‑downs in 
future periods.

4  Segment information

Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports 
reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer that are used to make strategic 
decisions about the allocation of resources.

The Chief Executive Officer considers the business based on total store and 
product portfolio, and has identified that the Group operates in Australia in 
the department store retail segment.

As a result of the acquisition of sass & bide during the year, the Group 
also undertakes activities outside the department store retail business. 
On the basis that this aspect of the business represents less than 10% 
of the total Group’s operations, it has not been disclosed as a separate 
operating segment.

3  Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on 
historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to 
be reasonable under the circumstances.

(a) Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The 
resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related 
actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial period are discussed below.

Income taxes

(i) 
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where 
it has foreign operations. Significant judgement is required in determining 
the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and 
calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the 
ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises tax assets and 
liabilities based on its best estimate of the tax implications of the underlying 
transactions. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts 
that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current tax 
provision and deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period in which the final 
determination is made.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   72

10/10/11   10:57 AM

5  Revenue and Other Income

Revenue from continuing operations

Sales revenue

Total sales value (excluding GST)

Concession Sales

Sale of goods (excluding GST)

Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods (excluding GST)

Other revenue

Concessions revenue

Rental revenue

Finance revenue

Total revenue

Other Income from continuing operations

Other

Other income from continuing operations includes revenue in relation to the financial services business, forfeited 
lay‑by deposits, customer delivery fees, commission on EFT transactions, gift card non‑redemption income and profit 
underpinning received in relation to the Myer Melbourne store redevelopment.

Profit on sale of financial asset

Net profit on sale of financial asset (refer note 12)

73

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$'000

2010
53 weeks
$'000

3,158,774

3,324,240

(451,867)

(449,950)

2,706,907

2,874,290

(40,104)

(49,256)

2,666,803

2,825,034

109,329

103,712

200

110

109,529

103,822

2,169

2,725

2,778,501

2,931,581

46,410

46,410

60,927

60,927

11,680

–

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   73

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
74

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

6  Expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Total Depreciation, Amortisation, Write off expense

78,981

65,465

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$'000

2010
53 weeks
$'000

Finance costs

Interest and finance charges paid/payable

Fair value (gains)/losses on interest rate swap cash flow hedges – transfer from equity

Finance costs expensed

Rental expense relating to operating leases

Minimum lease payments

Contingent rentals

Total rental expense relating to operating leases

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

Net loss/(gain) on foreign currency derivatives not qualifying as hedges

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Impairment of assets – Inventory

Employee benefits expense including defined contribution superannuation expense

Store closure and restructuring costs

Store closure and restructuring costs represents the write‑down of assets and inventory associated with the decision 
to exit a store and certain business categories, as well as redundancy costs.

Profit for the period includes the following items that are unusual because of their nature, size or incidence

Expenses incurred in relation to the Initial Public Offering of shares in the Company, classified as:

– Administration expenses

– Net Finance Costs

Total expenses incurred in relation to the Initial Public Offering of shares in the Company

Less: Applicable income tax benefit

37,961

(311)

37,650

44,297

273

44,570

187,311

167,443

8,287

8,537

195,598

175,980

(3,984)

(9,449)

–

–

(3,984)

(9,449)

32,653

17,479

33,944

16,211

413,618

456,116

10,476

–

5,031

–

78,094

56,785

5,031

134,879

(1,509)

(38,527)

3,522

96,352

In the prior year the Company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX). The Initial Public Offer of shares in the Company resulted in the Company 
incurring significant one‑off expenses during the current and prior period that do not form part of the ongoing operations of the business. Costs categorised as 
Administration expenses in the current period represent the continued charge to the income statement of the retention bonuses payable to key staff as a result 
of the listing of the Company. Amounts classified as Administration expenses in the prior period represent costs incurred in executing the float process ($65.8m, 
comprising advisors fees, registry fees, prospectus costs, offer advertising costs, etc), as well as internal costs including an expense on the issue of gift shares to 
employees at listing ($6.3m) and the charge to the income statement in relation to retention bonuses payable to key staff ($6.0m).

IPO transaction costs were capitalised against share capital to the extent that they relate to the raising of new equity. Costs categorised as net finance costs 
represent the expense recognised on cancellation of interest rate swaps at refinancing, the write‑off of capitalised borrowing costs related to refinanced debt, 
and the recognition of the discount/premium on exchange/redemption of Myer Notes.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   74

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
7  Income tax expense

(a) Income tax expense

Current tax

Deferred tax

Income tax expense is attributable to:

Profit from continuing operations

Aggregate income tax expense

Income tax expense from operations before IPO costs

Income tax benefit on IPO costs

Deferred income tax (revenue) expense included in income tax expense comprises:

(Increase) decrease in deferred tax assets (note 14)

(Decrease) increase in deferred tax liabilities (note 19)

(b) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense including IPO transaction costs and other 
non‑recurring IPO related charges and before income tax expense

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:

  Non deductible acquisition costs

  Non deductible entertainment

Sundry items

Adjustments for current tax of prior periods

Income tax expense

(c) Amounts recognised directly in equity

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit or loss or other 
comprehensive income but directly debited or credited to equity

  Net deferred tax – debited (credited) directly to equity (note 24(b))

(d) Tax expense (income) relating to items of other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges

75

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$'000

2010
53 weeks
$'000

42,616

17,346

59,962

59,962

59,962

61,470

13,013

13,386

26,399

26,399

26,399

64,926

(1,508)

(38,527)

59,962

26,399

12,739

4,607

17,346

219,626

65,888

228

26

(531)

65,611

(5,649)

59,962

969

969

106

106

9,067

4,319

13,386

93,581

28,074

–

87

24

28,185

(1,786)

26,399

11,387

11,387

(11,249)

(11,249)

During a prior financial period, the Group was advised by the Australian Tax Office that they were undertaking an Audit of the Group’s income tax affairs in 
relation to the 2006 and 2007 income tax years. This Audit has now been finalised without material impact to the Group. The Group continues to be subject 
to the Australian Tax Office’s normal ongoing compliance activities.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   75

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
 
76

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

8  Current assets – Cash and cash equivalents

Cash on hand

Cash at bank

Consolidated

2011
$’000

3,046

34,228

37,274

2010
$’000

3,165

102,669

105,834

(a) Risk exposure
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk is discussed in note 2. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount 
of each class of cash and cash equivalents mentioned above.

9  Current assets – Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Provision for impairment of receivables (note(a))

Employee share loans

Other receivables

Prepayments

Consolidated

2011
$’000

17,074

2010
$’000

16,847

(702)

(290)

16,372

16,557

7

4,627

7,210

11,844

28,216

285

3,072

4,131

7,488

24,045

Further information relating to loans to Key Management Personnel is set out in note 26.

(a) Impaired trade receivables
As at 30 July 2011, current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $702 thousands (2010: $279 thousands) were impaired. The amount of the 
provision was $702 thousands (2010: $290 thousands). The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to wholesalers.

The ageing of these receivables is as follows:

0 – 30 days

30 – 60 days

60 – 90 days

90+ days

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

–

3

42

657

702

–

–

–

279

279

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   76

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
(a) Impaired trade receivables continued
Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows:

At 31 July 2010

Provision for impairment recognised during the period

Receivables written off during the period as uncollectible

Unused amount reversed

77

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

290

456

(16)

(28)

702

553

79

(342)

–

290

The creation and release of the provision for impaired receivables has been included in ‘administration expenses’ in profit or loss. Amounts charged to the 
allowance account are generally written off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

(b) Past due but not impaired
As of 30 July 2011, trade receivables of $4,551 thousands (2010: $5,241 thousands) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of independent 
debtors for whom there is no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:

Up to 3 months

3 to 6 months

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2,594

1,957

4,551

2010
$’000

3,787

1,454

5,241

Based on the credit history of these classes, it is expected that these amounts will be received and are not impaired.

(c) Foreign exchange and Interest rate risk
Information about the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk in relation to trade and other receivables is provided in note 2.

(d) Fair values and credit risk
Due to the short term nature of these receivables, their carrying amount is assumed to approximate their fair value.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of receivables mentioned above. Refer to note 2 
for more information on the risk management policy of the Group and the credit quality of the entities trade receivables.

10 Current assets – Inventories

Retail inventories

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

381,261

352,813

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   77

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
78

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

11 Derivative financial instruments

Non current assets

Interest rate swap contracts

Total non current derivative financial instrument assets

Current liabilities

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

258

258

7,476

7,476

549

549

1,208

1,208

(a) Instruments used by the Group
The Group is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to fluctuations in interest and foreign 
exchange rates in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies (refer to note 2).

(i) Interest rate swap contracts
Bank loans of the Group currently bear an average variable interest rate of 6.66% (2010: 6.97%). It is policy to protect part of the loans from exposure to 
increasing interest rates. Accordingly, the Group has entered into interest rate swap contracts under which it is obliged to receive interest at variable rates and 
to pay interest at fixed rates.

Swaps currently in place cover approximately 19% (2010: 12%) of the Group’s debt facility (refer to note 18 for details of the Group’s borrowings). The notional 
principal amounts used in the swap agreements match the terms of the debt facilities. In relation to the debt facilities the fixed interest rates range between 
4.35% and 4.75% (2010: 4.35% and 4.75%) and the variable rates under the swap agreements are the Bank Bill Swap Rate bid (BBSY Bid).

The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each 3 months. The contracts are settled on a net basis.

The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instruments at fair value is deferred in equity in the hedging reserve, to the extent that the hedge is effective, 
and reclassified into profit and loss when the hedged interest expense is recognised. In the period ended 30 July 2011, nil was reclassified in profit and loss 
(2010: $29.3 million) and included in finance cost. There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the current period.

(ii) Forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges
The Group makes purchases in numerous currencies primarily US dollars. In order to protect against exchange rate movements, the Group has entered into 
forward exchange contracts to purchase US dollars.

These contracts are hedging highly probable forecasted purchases for the ensuing financial period. The contracts are timed to mature when payments for 
shipments of inventory are scheduled to be made.

The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. When the cash flows 
occur, the Group adjusts the initial measurement of the inventory recognised in the balance sheet by the related amount deferred in equity.

During the period ended 30 July 2011, a gain of $1.8 million (2010: gain of $1.6 million) was reclassified from equity and included in the cost of inventory. 
There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the current or prior period.

(b) Risk exposures
Information about the Group’s exposure to credit risk, foreign exchange and interest rate risk is provided in note 2. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the 
end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of derivative financial assets mentioned above.

12 Non current assets – Other financial assets

Available for sale financial assets

Consolidated

2011
$’000

–

–

2010
$’000

6,004

6,004

In a prior period, available for sale financial assets represented the consolidated entity’s interest in equity securities of Harsyn Pty Ltd (holding company of Harris 
Scarfe Australia Pty Ltd) and Australian Geographic Retail Pty Ltd. These equity securities do not have a quoted market price or active market, and therefore their 
fair value could not be reliably measured. As a result they were historically carried at cost. During the period, the interests in both companies were disposed of.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   78

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
79

13 Non‑current assets – Property, plant and equipment

Consolidated

At 25 July 2009

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Period ended 31 July 2010

Opening net book amount

Freehold 
land
$’000

Freehold
buildings
$’000

Fixtures and
fittings
$’000

Plant and
equipment
$’000

Capital works
in progress
$’000

Total
$’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

241,454

192,868

74,069

508,391

(90,822)

(45,870)

–

(136,692)

150,632

146,998

74,069

371,699

150,632

146,998

74,069

371,699

Assets reclassified from held for sale – cost

10,100

19,500

Assets reclassified from held for sale – 
accumulated depreciation

Additions

Transfer between classes

Assets written off – cost

Assets written off – accumulated depreciation

Depreciation charge

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

871

104,149

(3,439)

2,840

–

–

6,431

2,462

(8,636)

5,263

(1,056)

–

–

–

–

(975)

(26,224)

(14,689)

–

–

29,600

(1,056)

106,751

114,053

(106,997)

–

–

–

(386)

(12,075)

8,103

(41,888)

Closing net book amount

10,100

17,469

228,829

137,829

73,823

468,050

At 31 July 2010

Cost

10,100

19,500

343,035

193,125

73,823

639,583

Accumulated depreciation

–

(2,031)

(114,206)

(55,296)

–

(171,533)

Net book amount

10,100

17,469

228,829

137,829

73,823

468,050

Period ended 30 July 2011

Opening net book amount

10,100

17,469

228,829

137,829

73,823

468,050

Acquisition of subsidiary (refer note 31)

Additions

Transfer between classes

Assets written off – cost

Assets written off – accumulated depreciation

Depreciation charge

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

235

12,254

99,566

(2)

2

3,974

11,942

53,026

797

(797)

(488)

(39,320)

(19,778)

10

4,219

80,909

105,105

(135,241)

17,351

–

–

–

795

(795)

(59,586)

Closing net book amount

10,100

16,981

301,564

186,993

19,501

535,139

At 30 July 2011

Cost

10,100

19,500

455,088

262,864

19,501

767,053

Accumulated depreciation

–

(2,519)

(153,524)

(75,871)

–

(231,914)

Net book amount

10,100

16,981

301,564

186,993

19,501

535,139

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   79

10/10/11   10:57 AM

80

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

14 Non current assets – Deferred tax assets

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Property, plant, equipment and software

Employee benefits

Non‑employee provisions

Deferred income

Amortising deductions

Other

Set off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set off provisions (note 19)

Net deferred tax assets

Movements:

Opening balance at 31 July 2010

Credited/(charged) to profit or loss (note 7)

Credited/(charged) directly to equity

Credited/(charged) to other comprehensive income

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 31)

Closing balance at 30 July 2011

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

–

17,770

19,347

2,204

14,520

14,241

68,082

(20,702)

47,380

80,114

(12,739)

–

(126)

832

–

18,544

26,708

3,636

19,404

11,822

80,114

(9,277)

70,837

96,158

(9,067)

4,272

(11,249)

–

68,082

80,114

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   80

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
81

15 Non‑current assets – Intangible assets

Consolidated

At 25 July 2009

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Period ended 31 July 2010

Opening net book amount

Acquisition of business

Other additions

Transfer between classes

Assets written off

Amortisation charge2

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2010

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Period ended 30 July 2011

Opening net book amount

Brand
names and
trade marks 1
$’000

Goodwill
$’000

Software
$’000

349,534

391,900

151,413

–

(1,150)

(23,032)

349,534

390,750

128,381

Lease 
Rights
$’000

48,540

(8,343)

40,197

Total
$’000

941,387

(32,525)

908,862

349,534

390,750

128,381

40,197

908,862

–

–

–

–

–

–

120

–

–

–

29,449

386

–

(345)

(12,525)

349,534

390,525

145,691

–

–

–

–

(4,927)

35,270

–

29,569

386

–

(17,797)

921,020

349,534

392,020

181,248

48,540

971,342

–

(1,495)

(35,557)

(13,270)

(50,322)

349,534

390,525

145,691

35,270

921,020

349,534

390,525

145,691

35,270

921,020

Acquisition of subsidiary (refer note 31)

27,097

Other additions

Transfer between classes

Assets written off

Amortisation charge2

Closing net book amount

At 30 July 2011

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

23,569

4,613

–

–

234

7,961

(17,351)

–

(351)

(16,941)

–

–

–

–

376,631

418,356

119,594

–

–

–

–

(5,971)

29,299

50,900

12,574

(17,351)

–

(23,263)

943,880

376,631

420,202

172,092

48,540

1,017,465

–

(1,846)

(52,498)

(19,241)

(73,585)

376,631

418,356

119,594

29,299

943,880

1 

2 

Brand names and trade marks include certain brand names which have indefinite useful lives. The carrying amount at 30 July 2011 of the indefinite lived brands was $413 million (2010: $385 million).

Amortisation of $23.3 million (2010: $17.8 million) is included in administration and selling expenses in profit or loss.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   81

10/10/11   10:57 AM

82

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

15 Non‑current assets – Intangible assets continued

(a) Impairment tests for goodwill and intangibles with an indefinite useful life
The goodwill arising on the acquisition of the Myer business cannot be allocated to the Group’s individual cash generating units (the Group’s stores), and hence 
has been allocated to the business as a whole. Similarly, the Myer brand name, which has an indefinite useful life, has been allocated to the business as a whole.

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of the sass & bide business cannot be allocated to the individual cash generating units (the sass & bide stores), and 
hence has been allocated to the sass & bide business as a whole. Similarly, the sass & bide brand name, which has an indefinite useful life, has been allocated to 
the sass & bide business as a whole.

AASB 136 Impairment of Assets requires goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite useful life to be tested annually for impairment. In testing these assets 
for impairment, the recoverable amount of the business has been determined using a value in use calculation. This calculation uses cash flow projections based 
on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5 year period. Cash flows beyond 5 periods are extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 3%. 
Key assumptions used in the calculation were as follows:
 ›
 ›
 ›

discount rate (pre tax) 16.0%
terminal growth rate 3%
operating gross profit margin 40%

Neither goodwill nor indefinite lived intangibles were impaired at the end of the reporting period. Sensitivity analysis on reasonably possible changes in 
assumptions did not result in an outcome where an impairment would be required.

16 Current liabilities – Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Other payables

Trade and other payables are non‑interest bearing.

17 Current liabilities – Provisions

Employee benefits

Workers’ compensation (a)

Sales returns (b)

Other

(a) Workers’ compensation
The amount represents a provision for potential workers’ compensation claims in certain states.

(b) Sales returns
The amount represents a provision for potential sales returns under the Group’s returns policy.

Consolidated

2011
$’000

210,975

205,057

416,032

2010
$’000

216,588

220,980

437,568

Consolidated

2011
$’000

63,850

19,228

3,503

4,005

2010
$’000

77,542

17,324

3,446

6,139

90,586

104,451

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   82

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
83

(c) Movements in provisions
Movements in each class of provision during the financial period, other than employee benefits, are set out below:

2011 consolidated

Current

Carrying amount at start of period

Additional provisions recognised during the period

Amounts utilised during the period

Carrying amount at end of period

2010 consolidated

Current

Carrying amount at start of period

Additional provisions recognised during the period

Amounts utilised during the period

Carrying amount at end of period

18 Borrowings

Non‑current borrowings

Bank loans

Total borrowings

Workers’ 
compensation
$’000

Sales returns
$’000

Other
$’000

Total
$’000

17,324

6,645

(4,741)

19,228

3,446

3,503

(3,446)

3,503

6,139

7,248

26,909

17,396

(9,382)

(17,569)

4,005

26,736

Workers’ 
compensation
$’000

Sales returns
$’000

Other
$’000

Total
$’000

15,153

5,983

(3,812)

17,324

3,285

3,446

(3,285)

3,446

5,912

3,233

(3,006)

6,139

24,350

12,662

(10,103)

26,909

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

419,591

419,591

419,919

419,919

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   83

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
84

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

18 Borrowings continued

(a) Structure of debt
The debt funding of the Group at 30 July 2011 comprised bank loan facilities. The loan facilities comprise the following:
 ›
 ›

Term cash advance facility: $425 million; and
Revolving cash advance facility: $200 million.

These facilities were established on 29 October 2009, drawn down on the 6 November 2009 and have been amended and restated in the current year on 
3 June 2011. In addition to the above, the Group entered into a 1 year $50m revolving credit facility on 13 April 2011 for the purpose of funding the acquisition 
of the sass & bide business. At balance date, the following amounts remain drawn down:

Term cash advance facility

Revolving cash advance facility

Less borrowing costs

Net borrowings per balance sheet

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

425,000

425,000

–

–

425,000

425,000

(5,409)

(5,081)

419,591

419,919

(i) Bank loan facilities
The terms and conditions of the Group’s bank loan facilities are as follows:

Loan Facilities

Syndicated facility

Description

Amount

Term

Term cash advance facility – Tranche A

Term loan facility

$225 million

3 years from 3 June 2011

Term cash advance facility – Tranche B

Term loan facility

$200 million

4 years from 3 June 2011

Revolving cash advance facility – Tranche C

Revolving facility

$100 million

3 years from 3 June 2011

Revolving cash advance facility – Tranche D

Revolving facility

$100 million

4 years from 3 June 2011

Bilateral cash advance facility

Revolving cash advance facilities

Revolving facility

$50 million

1 year from 13 April 2011

The Term cash advance facilities (Tranche A and B) are term loan facilities repayable at maturity on 2 June 2014 and 2 June 2015 respectively. Any amounts 
repaid on these facilities during the term may not be redrawn. The revolving cash advance facilities (Tranche C, D and bilateral) are revolving, so that amounts 
repaid may be redrawn during their terms.

(b) Security
The loan facilities in place at 30 July 2011 are unsecured, subject to various representations, undertakings, events of default and review events which are usual 
for facilities of this nature.

(c) Fair value
The carrying amounts and fair values of borrowings at balance date are:

Group

Bank loans

2011

2010

Carrying
amount
$’000

Fair value
$’000

419,591

419,591

419,591

419,591

Carrying
amount
$’000

419,919

419,919

Fair value
$’000

419,919

419,919

The fair value of existing borrowings equals their carrying amount, as the impact of discounting is not significant.

(d) Risk exposures
Details of the Group’s exposure to risks arising from current and non‑current borrowings are set out in note 2.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   84

10/10/11   10:57 AM

19 Non‑current liabilities – Deferred tax liabilities

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Property, plant, equipment and software

Deferred stamp duty

Brand name

Derivative financial instruments

Sundry items

Set off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set off provisions (note 14)

Net deferred tax liabilities

Movements:

Balance at beginning of period

Charged/(credited) to profit or loss (note 7)

Charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 31)

Balance at end of period

20 Non‑current liabilities – Provisions

Employee benefits

Fixed lease rental increases

Unfavourable lease contracts

Other

85

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

10,772

1,309

8,568

16

37

20,702

(20,702)

–

9,277

4,607

(232)

7,050

5,091

1,424

1,622

165

975

9,277

(9,277)

–

4,958

4,319

–

–

20,702

9,277

Consolidated

2011
$’000

4,374

41,935

3,082

–

2010
$’000

4,331

45,841

5,322

5,000

49,391

60,494

(a) Fixed lease rental increases
The Group is a party to a number of leases that include fixed rental increases during their term. In accordance with AASB 117 Leases, the total rentals over these 
leases are being expensed over the lease term on a straight‑line basis. The above provision reflects the difference between the future committed payments 
under these leases and the total future expense.

(b) Unfavourable lease contracts
At the date the Myer business was acquired, the business was party to a number of unfavourable lease contracts compared to market rentals payable at the 
time. As part of the acquisition accounting, a provision was raised for the difference between the rentals committed under these leases and the market value 
of these leases.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   85

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
86

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

20 Non‑current liabilities – Provisions continued

(c) Movements in provisions
Movements in each class of provision during the financial period, other than employee benefits, are set out below:

2011 consolidated

Carrying amount at start of period

Additional amounts recognised

Amounts unused and reversed during the period

Amounts utilised during the period

Carrying amount at end of period

2010 consolidated

Carrying amount at start of period

Additional amounts recognised

Amounts utilised during the period

Carrying amount at end of period

21 Non‑current liabilities – Other

Financial liability

Long term payable

Retirement benefit obligations

Fixed lease
rental 
increases
$’000

Unfavourable
lease 
contracts
$’000

Other
$’000

Total
$’000

45,841

2,391

–

(6,297)

41,935

51,257

856

(6,272)

45,841

5,322

–

–

(2,240)

3,082

7,775

–

(2,453)

5,322

5,000

–

(5,000)

–

–

5,000

–

–

5,000

56,163

2,391

(5,000)

(8,537)

45,017

64,032

856

(8,725)

56,163

Consolidated

Notes

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

24(b) (iii) 

30,553

22

2,000

459

33,012

–

–

855

855

22 Non‑current liabilities – Retirement benefit obligations

(a) Superannuation Plan
The Group currently contributes to a number of superannuation funds, most of which are defined contribution funds, with one defined benefit fund. The Myer Super 
Plan is a defined benefit plan in the Mercer Super Trust, whose trustee is Mercer Investment Nominees Limited and is currently administered by Mercer (Australia) 
Pty Ltd. Myer employees who were members of the Coles Myer Super Plan on 2 June 2006 were transferred to the Myer Super Plan effective 2 June 2006 (defined 
contribution members) and 1 January 2007 (defined benefit members) as a consequence of the acquisition of the Myer business. On transfer of Myer employees to the 
new fund, assets representing the employees’ benefit entitlements at the date of transfer were also transferred.

The following sets out details in respect of the defined benefit section only. The expense recognised in relation to the defined contribution plans is disclosed in note 6.

(b) Balance sheet amounts
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet (within other non‑current liabilities) are determined as follows:

Present value of the defined benefit obligation

Fair value of defined benefit plan assets

Unrecognised past service costs

Net liability in the balance sheet

The Group has no legal obligation to settle this liability with an immediate contribution or additional one off contributions.

Consolidated

2011
$’000

5,979

2010
$’000

6,468

(5,520)

(5,613)

459

–

459

855

–

855

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   86

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
(c) Categories of plan assets
The main categories of plan assets are as follows:

Cash

Equity instruments

Fixed Income

Property

(d) Reconciliations

Reconciliation of the defined benefit obligation which is partly funded

Opening balance

Current service cost

Interest cost

Contributions by plan participants

Actuarial (gains) and losses

Benefits paid

Taxes and premiums paid

Balance at end of the period

Reconciliation of the fair value of plan assets

Opening balance

Expected return on plan assets

Actuarial gains and (losses)

Contributions by Group companies

Contributions by plan participants

Benefits paid

Taxes and premiums paid

Balance at end of the period

87

Consolidated

2011
$’000

552

3,422

773

773

5,520

2010
$’000

337

3,985

730

561

5,613

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

6,468

8,495

153

238

60

23

(887)

(76)

5,979

5,613

353

206

251

60

(887)

(76)

5,520

235

348

66

285

(2,572)

(389)

6,468

5,791

346

158

2,213

66

(2,572)

(389)

5,613

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   87

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
88

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

22 Non‑current liabilities – Retirement benefit obligations continued

(e) Amounts recognised in profit or loss
The amounts recognised in profit or loss are as follows:

Current service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Total included in employee benefits expense

Actual return on plan assets

(f) Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income
The amounts recognised in other comprehensive income were as follows:

Actuarial (loss)/gain for the period

Cumulative actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in other comprehensive income

(g) Principal actuarial assumptions
The principal actuarial assumptions used (expressed as weighted averages) were as follows:

Discount rate

Expected return on plan assets

Future salary increases

Consolidated

2011
$’000

153

238

(353)

38

559

2010
$’000

235

348

(346)

237

504

Consolidated

2011
$’000

183

(5,252)

2010
$’000

(127)

(5,435)

Consolidated

2011
$’000

4.10%

7.00%

3.50%

2010
$’000

4.20%

7.00%

3.50%

The expected rate of return on plan assets has been based on historical and future expectations of returns for each of the major categories of asset classes as 
well as the expected and actual allocation of plan assets to these major categories. This resulted in the selection of a 7.0% rate of return net of taxes and fees.

(h) Employer contributions
Employer contributions to the defined benefit section of the plan are based on recommendations by the plan’s actuary. Actuarial assessments are made at no 
more than three yearly intervals. However, due to the state of financial markets during the period, the Company commissioned the actuary to provide more 
regular updates on the fund’s financial position.

The objective of funding is to ensure that the benefit entitlements of members and other beneficiaries are fully funded by the time they become payable. 
To achieve this objective, the actuary has adopted a method of funding benefits known as the aggregate funding method. This funding method seeks to have 
benefits funded by means of a total contribution which is expected to be a constant percentage of members’ salaries over their working lifetimes.

Total employer contributions expected to be paid by Group companies for the period ending 28 July 2012 are $404 thousand.

The economic assumptions used by the actuary to make the funding recommendations were a long term investment earning rate of 7.0% pa (net of fees and 
taxes), a salary increase rate of 3.5% pa and a discount rate of 4.1%.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   88

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
(h) Employer contributions continued
(i) Historic summary

Defined benefit plan obligation

Plan assets

Deficit

Experience adjustments (gain)/loss – plan assets

Experience adjustments (gain) – plan liabilities

23 Contributed equity

Opening balance

Ordinary shares issued under IPO

Ordinary shares issued under Myer Notes exchange

Ordinary shares issued under employee gift offer

89

2008
$’000

2007
$’000

(39,251)

(49,142)

38,525

48,908

(726)

7,183

(5,673)

2011
$’000

–

–

–

5

–

(234)

(2,632)

3,408

2010
$’000

84,946

313,189

122,396

5,945

52

652

2011
$’000

(5,979)

5,520

(459)

(206)

12

2010
$’000

(6,468)

5,613

(855)

(158)

256

2009
$’000

(8,495)

5,791

(2,704)

6,068

(3,208)

2011
Number 
of shares

2010
Number 
of shares

581,517,884

457,769,439

553,962

–

–

–

76,387,581

29,852,728

1,449,888

Options exercised at $0.01 per ordinary share during the period

480,000

5,211,113

Options exercised at $1.27 per ordinary share during the period

–

513,333

Shares issued to Employee Share Scheme Trust at market value during the period

1,150,000

10,333,802

3,668

36,750

583,147,884

581,517,884

557,635

563,930

Less: Transaction costs arising on share issue net of tax

–

–

–

(9,968)

Treasury shares

Opening balance

583,147,884

581,517,884

557,635

553,962

(537,016)

–

(36,834)

–

Shares issued to Employee Share Scheme Trust

(1,150,000)

(10,333,802)

(3,668)

(36,750)

Shares allocated on exercise of options at $0.01 during the period

480,000

9,551,905

Shares allocated on exercise of options at $1.27 during the period

208,278

506,881

Shares allocated on exercise of options at $3.00 during the period

692,333

–

Shares acquired by Employee Share Scheme Trust

–

(262,000)

5

264

2,077

–

96

643

–

(823)

Closing balance of Treasury shares

Closing balance

(306,405)

(537,016)

(38,156)

(36,834)

582,841,479

580,980,868

519,479

517,128

(a) Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts 
paid on the shares held.

On a show of hands, every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled 
to one vote.

(b) Treasury shares
Treasury shares are shares in Myer Holdings Limited that are held by the Myer Equity Plans Trust for the purposes of issuing shares under the Myer Equity 
Incentive Plan (see note 38 for further information).

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   89

10/10/11   10:57 AM

90

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

23 Contributed equity continued

(c) Employee share and option schemes
Information relating to the employee share and option schemes, including details of shares issued under the scheme, is set out in note 38.

(d) Share issue and exercise of options
The Company issued a further 480,000 new ordinary shares during the reporting period at $0.01 per share.

In the prior period, the Company was listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX). At this time, the Company held an Initial Public Offer of shares in the 
Company and 76,387,581 shares were issued. Furthermore, Myer Note holders were given the opportunity to exchange Myer Notes at a 2.5 % discount and as 
a result a further 29,852,728 shares were issued under the Myer Notes exchange. During the IPO process, eligible employees were offered the opportunity to 
acquire, at no cost, shares up to the value of $725. Under the gift offer 1,449,888 shares were issued.

(e) Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue 
new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistently with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of various balance sheet ratios including the gearing ratio. This ratio is 
calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as 
shown in the balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratios at 30 July 2011 and 31 July 2010 were as follows:

Total borrowings

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

Notes

18

8

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

419,591

419,919

(37,274)

(105,834)

382,317

861,330

314,085

857,440

1,243,647

1,171,525

31%

27%

The increase in the gearing ratio during 2011 was primarily driven by the increase in net debt associated with the sass & bide acquisition.

24 Reserves and retained profits

(a) Retained profits
Movements in retained profits were as follows:

Balance at beginning of period

Items of other comprehensive income recognised directly in retained earnings:

Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit obligation, net of tax (note 22 (f ))

Dividends

Net profit/(loss) for the period

Balance at end of period

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

320,470

314,446

183

(127)

(130,981)

(61,031)

159,724

67,182

349,396

320,470

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   90

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
(b) Reserves

Share‑based payments (i)

Cash flow hedges (ii)

Other reserve (iii)

Foreign currency translation reserve (iv)

Movements:

Share-based payments

Balance at beginning of period

Share‑based payments expense recognised

Income tax (notes 7, 14 and 19)

Balance at end of period

Cash flow hedges

Balance at beginning of period

Revaluation – gross

Deferred tax (notes 14 and 19)

Transfer to net profit – gross

Deferred tax (notes 14 and 19)

Transfer to net profit IPO related – gross

Deferred tax (notes 14 and 19)

Transfer to inventory and other assets – gross

Deferred tax (notes 14 and 19)

Balance at end of period

Other reserve

Balance at beginning of period

Other reserve recognised

Balance at end of period

Foreign currency translation

Balance at beginning of period

Currency translation differences arising during the period

Balance at end of period

91

Consolidated

2011
$’000

19,314

(2,699)

(31,650)

(85)

2010
$’000

19,754

88

–

–

(15,120)

19,842

19,754

(1,409)

969

6,890

5,749

7,115

19,314

19,754

88

(26,160)

(6,009)

1,041

1,289

(387)

–

–

1,827

(548)

(2,699)

–

(31,650)

(31,650)

–

(85)

(85)

9,753

(2,925)

352

(106)

29,019

(8,706)

(1,627)

488

88

–

–

–

–

–

–

(i) Share-based payments
The share‑based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of options issued to employees but not exercised.

(ii) Cash flow hedges
The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in equity, as described in 
note 1(n). Amounts are recognised in profit and loss when the associated hedged transaction affects profit and loss.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   91

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
92

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

24 Reserves and retained profits continued

(b) Reserves continued
(iii) Other reserve
Under the shareholders’ agreement entered into with the non‑controlling shareholders at the time of acquisition, the Group holds a call option over the non‑
controlling shareholders’ 35% interest in Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, the owner of sass & bide, and the non‑controlling shareholders have a corresponding put 
option. These options are exercisable at any time after 2 years from acquisition date at a market value of the shares at that time based on a formula contained 
within the shareholders’ agreement. The potential liability of the Group under the put option has been estimated at acquisition date based on expectations 
on the timing of exercise and the exercise price at that future point in time, discounted to present value using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The 
recognition of the put option liability at acquisition date has resulted in the recognition of an amount to the other reserve within shareholders’ equity and a 
financial liability within non current liabilities other. This liability will be re‑assessed each reporting date for any change in the expected liability on exercise, with 
the impact recognised within finance costs within the income statement.

(iv) Foreign currency translation
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are recognised in other comprehensive income as described in note 1(d) and 
accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when the net investment is disposed of.

25 Dividends

(a) Ordinary shares

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

Final dividend for the period ended 31 July 2010 of 11.5 cents (2009: nil) per fully paid share paid 4 November 2010 (2009: nil)

Fully franked based on tax paid at 30%

66,870

–

Interim dividend for the period ended 30 July 2011 of 11.0 cents (2010: 10.5 cents) per fully paid share paid 12 May 2011 
(2010: 6 May 2010)

Fully franked based on tax paid at 30%

Total dividends provided for or paid

(b) Dividends not recognised at the end of the reporting period

64,111

130,981

61,031

61,031

In addition to the above dividends, since period end the directors have recommended the payment of a final dividend 
of 11.5 cents per fully paid ordinary share (2010: 11.5 cents), fully franked based on tax paid at 30%.

 The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid on 16 November 2011, but not recognised 
as a liability at period end, is:

67,027

66,813

(c) Franked dividends

The franked portions of the final dividends recommended after 30 July 2011 will be franked out of existing franking 
credits or out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax in the period ending 28 July 2012. 

Franking credits available for subsequent financial periods based on a tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)

33,954

73,500

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the reporting date, adjusted for:
(a)  franking credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax,
(b)  franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date, and
(c)  franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

The consolidated amounts include franking credits that would be available to the parent entity if distributable profits of subsidiaries were paid as dividends.

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the directors since the end of the reporting period, but not recognised as a liability at 
the reporting date, will be a reduction in the franking account of $29 million (2010: reduction of $29 million).

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   92

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
 
93

26 Key Management Personnel disclosures

(a) Key Management Personnel compensation
Key Management Personnel compensation for the period ended 30 July 2011 is set out below. The Key Management Personnel of the Group are persons having the 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the Company’s activities directly or indirectly, including the Directors of Myer Holdings Limited.

Short term employee benefits

Post employment benefits

Long term benefits

Termination and other benefits

Share‑based payments

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

4,955,262

8,380,113

233,723

266,191

921,901

1,021,362

–

3,212,616

(1,305,329)

3,701,454

4,805,557

16,581,736

Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 53.

(b) Equity instrument disclosures relating to Key Management Personnel
(i)  Options provided as remuneration and shares issued on exercise of such options
Details of options provided as remuneration and shares issued on the exercise of such options, together with terms and conditions of the options, can be found 
in the Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 53.

(ii)  Option holdings
The numbers of options over ordinary shares in the Company held during the financial period by each Director of Myer Holdings Limited and other Key 
Management Personnel of the Group, including their personally related parties, are set out below.

2011

Name

Balance at 
start of 
the period

Granted as
compensation

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

Howard McDonald

Bernard Brookes

Tom Flood

Rupert Myer

Anne Brennan

Peter Hay

Chris Froggatt

26,667

7,860,394

10,000

–

–

–

–

Other Key Management Personnel of the Group

Mark Ashby

Penny Winn

Greg Travers

Nick Abboud

1,420,168

1,320,168

478,836

1,016,036

All vested options are exercisable at the end of the period.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Exercised

–

(480,000)

–

–

–

–

–

(80,000)

–

–

(30,000)

Other 
changes

Balance at 
end of 
the period

Vested and
exercisable

Unvested

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

26,667

7,380,394

10,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

26,667

7,380,394

10,000

–

–

–

–

1,340,168

253,333

1,086,835

1,320,168

166,667

1,153,501

478,836

986,036

–

–

478,836

986,036

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   93

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
94

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

26 Key Management Personnel disclosures continued

(b) Equity instrument disclosures relating to Key Management Personnel continued

2010

Name

Balance at 
start of 
the period

Granted as
compensation

Exercised

Other 
changes

Balance at 
end of 
the period

Vested and
exercisable

Unvested

–

–

–

26,667

7,860,394

10,000

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

Howard McDonald

400,000

–

(373,333)

Bernard Brookes

5,600,000

7,380,394

(5,120,000)

Tom Flood

William Wavish

Rupert Myer

Anne Brennan

Peter Hay

150,000

5,600,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other Key Management Personnel of the Group

Mark Ashby

Penny Winn

Greg Travers

Nick Abboud

1,000,000

900,000

684,446

658,444

420,168

420,168

420,168

420,168

(140,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(625,778)

(62,576)

(5,600,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

‑

–

–

–

26,667

7,860,394

10,000

‑

‑

‑

1,420,168

333,333

1,086,835

1,320,168

166,667

1,153,501

478,836

–

1,016,036

30,000

478,836

986,036

William Wavish has been included as a Director for the start of 2010 but due to his resignation as a Director on 4 August 2009 his option holdings have been 
removed in ‘Other changes’.

(iii) Share holdings
The number of shares in the Company held during the financial period by each Director of Myer Holdings Limited and other Key Management Personnel of the 
Group, including their personally related parties, are set out below. There were no shares granted during the reporting period as compensation.

2011

Name

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

Ordinary shares

Howard McDonald

Bernard Brookes

Tom Flood

Rupert Myer

Anne Brennan

Peter Hay

Chris Froggatt

Other Key Management Personnel of the Group

Ordinary shares

Mark Ashby

Penny Winn

Greg Travers

Nick Abboud

Received
during the
period on 
the exercise 
of options

Balance at 
the start of 
the period

Other 
changes
during 
the period

Balance at
the end of 
the period

2,047,723

–

11,066,630

480,000

390,000

725,710

53,658

12,195

–

185,257

200,000

2,017,140

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,040

2,047,723

11,546,630

390,000

725,710

53,658

12,195

10,040

245,257

200,000

80,000

(20,000)

–

288,132

30,000

(318,132)

–

(480,000)

1,537,140

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   94

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
95

(b) Equity instrument disclosures relating to Key Management Personnel continued

2010

Name

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

Ordinary shares

Howard McDonald

Bernard Brookes

Tom Flood

William Wavish

Rupert Myer

Anne Brennan

Peter Hay

Other Key Management Personnel of the Group

Ordinary shares

Mark Ashby

Penny Winn

Greg Travers

Nick Abboud

Received
during the
period on 
the exercise 
of options

Balance at 
the start of 
the period

Other 
changes
during 
the period

Balance at
the end of 
the period

1,650,000

373,333

24,390

2,047,723

6,650,000

5,120,000

(703,370)

11,066,630

250,000

140,000

–

390,000

6,650,000

–

–

–

220,000

200,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

(6,650,000)

–

725,710

725,710

53,658

12,195

53,658

12,195

(34,743)

–

185,257

200,000

1,615,554

625,778

(224,192)

2,017,140

391,556

62,576

(166,000)

288,132

William Wavish has been included as a Director for the start of 2010 but due to his resignation as a Director on 4 August 2009 his share holdings have been 
removed in ‘Other changes during the period’.

(c) Loans to Key Management Personnel
Details of loans made to directors of Myer Holdings Limited and other Key Management Personnel of the Group, including their personally related parties, are 
set out below.

(i) Aggregates for Key Management Personnel

Group

2011

2010

Balance at
the start of
the period
$

–

46,197

Interest paid
and payable
for the
period
$

–

406

Interest 
not charged
$

Balance at
the end of 
the period
$

Number in
Group at the
end of the
period

–

–

–

–

–

1

(ii)  Individuals with loans above $100,000 during the financial period
In 2010 and 2011 there were no loans to individuals that exceeded $100,000 at any time.

(d) Other transactions with Key Management Personnel
There were no transactions with Key Management Personnel or entities related to them, other than compensation.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   95

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
96

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

27 Remuneration of auditors

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the Group, and its related practices:

(a) PwC Australia

(i)  Assurance services

Audit services

Audit and review of financial statements and other audit work under the Corporations Act 2001

334,460

285,800

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$

2010
53 weeks
$

Other assurance services

Audit of rent certificates

  Other

Total remuneration for other assurance services

Total remuneration for assurance services

(ii)  Taxation services

Tax consulting and tax advice

(iii) Initial Public Offering services

Initial Public Offering related services

(iv) Other services

   Other services

Total remuneration of PwC Australia

(b) Overseas practices of PwC

(i) Other services

   Other services

Total remuneration for overseas practices of PwC

(c) Other firms

(i)  Assurance services

Audit services

Audit and review of financial statements and other audit work under the Corporations Act 2001

Other assurance services

Audit of rent certificates

  Other

Total remuneration for other assurance services

Total remuneration for assurance services

(ii)  Taxation services

Tax consulting and tax advice

Total remuneration of other firms

34,100

29,026

63,126

397,586

43,500

105,570

149,070

434,870

284,748

248,516

–

1,966,156

51,729

–

734,063

2,649,542

60,593

60,593

69,500

3,000

4,231

7,231

76,731

19,000

95,731

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   96

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97

28 Contingencies

Contingent liabilities
The Group had contingent liabilities at 30 July 2011 in respect of:

Guarantees
For information about guarantees given by entities within the Group, including the parent entity, please refer to notes 33 and 36.

While the amount and timing of any contingencies are uncertain, no material losses are anticipated in respect of the above contingent liabilities.

29 Commitments

(a) Capital commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Property, plant, equipment and software

Payable:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

13,613

28,223

–

–

–

–

13,613

28,223

(b) Lease commitments: Group as lessee
Operating leases
The Group leases the majority of its stores and warehouses under non‑cancellable operating leases expiring within 1 to 26 years. The leases have varying terms, 
escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated.

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non‑cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

195,403

668,759

190,054

675,034

1,586,957

1,505,950

2,451,119

2,371,038

Not included in the above commitments are contingent rental payments that may arise in the event that sales made by certain leased stores exceed a pre‑
determined amount. The contingent rentals payable as percentage of sales revenue and the relevant thresholds vary from lease to lease.

30 Related party transactions

(a) Parent entities
The parent entity within the Group is Myer Holdings Limited, a listed public company, incorporated in Australia.

(b) Subsidiaries
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 32.

(c) Key Management Personnel
Disclosures relating to Key Management Personnel are set out in note 26.

(d) Transactions with other related parties
During the prior period the Group incurred a management fee of $63,000 with Newbridge Capital LLC, an entity associated with the Group’s previous ultimate 
parent entity for services provided to the Group. There were no transactions with other related parties during the current period.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   97

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
98

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

31 Business combination

(a) Summary of acquisition
On 2 March 2011 the parent entity acquired 65% of the issued share capital of Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, the owner of sass & bide. sass & bide is one of Australia’s 
most respected and successful women’s fashion brands.

Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Purchase consideration (refer to (b) below):

Cash paid

Contingent consideration

Total purchase consideration

The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

Cash

Trade receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax asset

Intangible assets

Other assets

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Deferred tax liability

Other liabilities

Net identifiable assets acquired

Less: non‑controlling interests

Add: goodwill

Net assets acquired

$’000

41,274

–

41,274

Fair Value
$’000

900

1,382

3,869

4,219

832

23,803

267

(2,141)

(483)

(7,050)

(3,787)

21,811

(7,634)

27,097

41,274

The goodwill acquired is attributable to the workforce acquired and the potential to increase the profitability of the acquired business. It will not be deductible 
for tax purposes.

There were no acquisitions in the year ending 31 July 2010.

(i)  Contingent consideration
In the event that certain pre‑determined performance hurdles were achieved by the subsidiary, there was an allowance in the terms of the transaction for the 
vendors to be paid an earn‑out on performance for the year ended 30 July 2011. However, based on the performance of the subsidiary there will be no amount 
payable under the earn‑out and therefore we have not recorded a liability for this item.

(ii)  Non-controlling interests
In accordance with the accounting policy set out in note 1(h), the Group elected to recognise the non‑controlling interests in Boogie and Boogie Pty Ltd at its 
proportionate share of the acquired net identifiable assets.

(iii) Revenue and profit contribution
The acquired business contributed revenues of $14.1m and net loss of $0.2m to the Group for the period from 2 March 2011 to 30 July 2011.

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2010, consolidated revenue and profit for the year ended 30 July 2011 would have been $38.0m and $3.2m 
respectively. These amounts have been calculated using the Group’s accounting policies.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   98

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
(b) Purchase consideration – cash outflow

Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Cash consideration

Less balances acquired:

Cash

Outflow of cash – investing activities

99

2011
$’000

41,274

900

40,374

2010
$’000

–

–

–

Acquisition related costs
Acquisition related costs of $0.7m are included in administration expenses in profit or loss and in operating cash flows in the statement of cash flows.

32 Subsidiaries and transactions with non‑controlling interests

(a) Investments in subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policy 
described in note 1(b):

Name of entity

NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd1, 3

NB Russell Pty Ltd2, 3

NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd2, 3

NB Collins Pty Ltd1, 3

Warehouse Solutions Pty Ltd2, 3

Myer Group Pty Ltd1, 3

Myer Pty Ltd1, 3

Myer Group Finance Limited1, 3

The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd1, 3

ACT Employment Services Pty Ltd2

Myer Employee Share Plan Pty Ltd2

Myer Travel Pty Ltd2

Myer Sourcing Asia Ltd

Shanghai Myer Service Company Ltd

Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd

sass & bide Pty Ltd2

sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd2

sass & bide Retail (NZ) Pty Ltd

sass & bide UK Limited

sass & bide USA inc.

sass & bide inc.

Notes:

Country of 
incorporation

Class of shares

Equity holdings 4
2011
%

Equity holdings 4
2010
%

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Hong Kong

China

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

USA

USA

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

65

65

65

65

65

65

65

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1 

2 

3 

4 

Each of these entities has been granted relief from the necessity to prepare financial statements in accordance with Class Order 98/1418 issued by ASIC.

Each of these entities is classified as small proprietary and therefore relieved from the requirement to prepare and lodge financial reports with ASIC.

Each of these entities is party to a deed of cross guarantee, refer note 33.

The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

(b) Transactions with non-controlling interests
There were no transactions with non‑controlling interests in 2010 or 2011.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   99

10/10/11   10:57 AM

100

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

33 Deed of cross guarantee

Myer Holdings Limited, NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd, NB Collins Pty Ltd, NB Russell Pty Ltd, Myer Group Pty Ltd, NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd, Warehouse Solutions Pty Ltd, Myer 
Group Finance Limited, Myer Pty Ltd and The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd are parties to a deed of cross guarantee under which each company guarantees the 
debts of the others. By entering into the deed, the wholly‑owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report and directors’ 
report under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) issued by ASIC.

Each of the members of the extended ‘closed group’ are considered to be solvent at 30 July 2011.

(a) Consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income and summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings
The above companies represent a ‘closed group’ for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to the deed of cross guarantee that are 
controlled by Myer Holdings Limited, they also represent the ‘extended closed group’.

As certain group entities are not members of the closed group, additional disclosure has been made in relation to the closed group.

Set out below is a consolidated income statement, a consolidated statement of comprehensive income and a summary of movements in consolidated 
retained earnings for the year ended 30 July 2011 of the closed group.

Income statement

Total sales value (excluding GST)

Concession Sales

Sale of goods (excluding GST)

Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods (excluding GST)

Other operating revenue (excluding finance revenue)

Cost of goods sold

Other income

Operating gross profit

Selling expenses

Administration expenses

Store closure and Restructuring costs

Profit on sale of financial asset

Earnings before interest and tax before non-recurring Initial Public Offering (IPO) transaction costs and  
related charges

Finance revenue

Finance costs

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax before non-recurring IPO transaction costs and related charges

Income tax expense

Profit for the period before non‑recurring IPO transaction costs and related charges

IPO transaction costs and other non‑recurring IPO related charges (after tax)

Profit for the period

2011
52 weeks
$’000

2010
53 weeks
$’000

3,145,346

3,324,240

(452,000)

(449,950)

2,693,346

2,874,290

(40,104)

(49,256)

2,653,242

2,825,034

109,559

103,822

(1,545,733)

(1,672,073)

45,904

60,580

1,262,972

1,317,363

(713,060)

(729,956)

(290,101)

(317,518)

(10,476)

11,680

–

–

261,015

269,889

2,139

(37,646)

(35,507)

2,709

(44,570)

(41,861)

225,508

228,028

(61,465)

(64,819)

164,043

163,209

(3,522)

(96,352)

160,521

66,857

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   100

10/10/11   10:57 AM

101

(a) Consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income and summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 
continued

Statement of comprehensive income

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges

Non‑recurring IPO related transfers to profit and loss

Actuarial gains/(losses) on retirement benefit obligation

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings

Retained earnings at the beginning of the financial year

Profit for the period

Actuarial gains/(losses) on retirement benefit obligation

Dividends provided for or paid

Retained earnings at the end of the financial year

2011
52 weeks
$’000

2010
53 weeks
$’000

160,521

66,857

(2,665)

–

183

–

38

(2,444)

158,077

8,478

29,019

(127)

–

(11,249)

26,121

92,978

2011
52 weeks
$’000

2010
53 weeks
$’000

320,167

314,468

160,521

66,857

183

(127)

(130,981)

(61,031)

349,890

320,167

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   101

10/10/11   10:57 AM

102

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

33 Deed of cross guarantee continued

(b) Consolidated balance sheet
Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 30 July 2011 of the closed group.

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Other financial assets

Derivative financial instruments

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Intangible assets

Other

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Other

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Provisions

Deferred income

Other

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Contributed equity

Retained profits/(losses)

Reserves

Total equity

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

36,149

26,455

376,406

439,010

41,368

258

105,214

23,954

352,813

481,981

6,004

549

530,476

468,050

53,635

70,837

891,972

921,020

4,420

4,763

1,522,129

1,471,223

1,961,139

1,953,204

409,913

437,260

7,247

32,899

89,954

3,078

1,208

9,446

104,451

4,741

543,091

557,106

419,591

419,919

49,153

62,448

33,012

60,494

57,792

855

564,204

539,060

1,107,295

1,096,166

853,844

857,038

519,379

349,890

(15,425)

517,028

320,167

19,843

853,844

857,038

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   102

10/10/11   10:57 AM

103

34 Events occurring after the reporting period

Subsequent to 30 July 2011, the Directors have determined to pay a final dividend of 11.5 cents per share, franked to 100% at the 30% corporate income tax 
rate, payable on 16 November 2011. The record date for this dividend is 30 September 2011.

The financial effect of the final ordinary dividend for 2011 has not been recognised in the annual financial statements for the period ended 30 July 2011 and 
will be recognised in subsequent financial statements.

35 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

Profit for the period

Depreciation and amortisation including lease inducements

Interest income

Fair value adjustment to derivatives

Interest expense – unwind of borrowing costs

IPO and related expenses

Share based payments expense

Profit on sale of financial asset

Defined benefits superannuation

Change in operating assets and liabilities

  Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables

  Decrease (increase) in inventories

  Decrease (increase) in deferred tax asset

Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables

(Decrease) increase in current tax payable

(Decrease) increase in provisions

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

Net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities

Consolidated

2011
52 weeks
$’000

159,665

79,443

(2,169)

2,628

2,173

5,031

(1,410)

(11,680)

(319)

1,582

(24,008)

18,314

6,497

22,802

2010
53 weeks
$’000

67,182

62,705

(2,725)

79

1,694

134,880

5,750

–

(67)

6,703

1,131

20,501

(38,943)

2,493

(27,278)

(18,310)

(4,220)

(2,022)

227,051

241,051

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   103

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
 
 
104

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

36 Parent entity financial information

(a) Summary financial information
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

Issued capital

Reserves

Cash flow hedges

  Other reserve

Share‑based payments

Retained earnings

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income

(b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

Carrying amount included in current liabilities

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

45,621

188,411

948,567

1,054,934

56,912

34,588

507,056

454,507

519,479

517,128

258

(31,650)

11,230

(57,806)

2,900

2,774

2011
$’000

–

384

–

12,640

70,275

128,078

128,462

2010
$’000

–

The parent entity is the borrowing entity under the Group’s financing facilities. Under these facilities, the parent entity is party to a cross‑guarantee with various 
other Group entities, who guarantee the repayment of the facilities in the event that the parent entity is in default.

The parent entity is also party to a deed of cross guarantee entered into on 10 May 2010. The details of the deed of cross guarantee are set out in Note 33. 
At balance date, no liability has been recognised in relation to these guarantees on the basis that the potential exposure is not considered material.

The parent entity has issued bank guarantees amounting to $31.4 million, of which $23.8 million represents guarantees supporting workers’ compensation 
self insurance licences in various jurisdictions.

(c) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
The parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 30 July 2011 or 31 July 2010. For information about guarantees given by the parent entity, 
please see above.

(d) Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment
The parent entity did not have any contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment as at 30 July 2011 or 31 July 2010.

(e) Event subsequent to balance date
Subsequent to the end of the financial year, on 14 September 2011 the Company received a dividend from a subsidiary company of $264.2 million, 
representing payment of undistributed profits of subsidiaries of the current and prior financial year.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   104

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
37 Earnings per share

(a) Basic earnings per share

105

Consolidated

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

27.4

12.3

(b) Diluted earnings per share

Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

27.3

12.1

(c) Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating basic earnings per share

159,724

67,182

Diluted earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating diluted earnings per share

159,724

67,182

(d) Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator

Consolidated

2011
Number

2010
Number

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share

582,174,903

548,286,696

Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:

  Options

3,778,086

7,644,061

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted 
earnings per share

585,952,989

555,930,757

(e) Information concerning the classification of securities
(i) Options
Options granted to employees under the Myer Equity Incentive Plan are considered to be potential ordinary shares and have been included in the 
determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive. The options have not been included in the determination of basic earnings 
per share. Details relating to the options are set out in note 38.

10,573,672 options outstanding at period end are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they are antidilutive for the period 
ended 30 July 2011. These options could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   105

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
 
106

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Notes to the financial statements continued

38 Share‑based payments

(a) Employee Option Plan
The Myer Equity Incentive Plan was established to help ensure retention of senior management and key staff and to provide incentives for the delivery of both 
short and long term shareholder returns. Under the plan, options have been issued in Myer Holdings Limited, the Group’s ultimate Australian parent, under six 
tranches since November 2006 as follows:

Tranche 1 

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

Tranche 5

Issued November to December 2006. Options were granted with time‑based and performance‑based components. Two‑thirds 
of the options granted were to vest evenly over a 5 year period provided the participant remained with the Group, with the 
other third vesting upon the achievement of certain EBITDA targets. Under the terms of the offer, as a result of the IPO, 80% of 
unvested options vested immediately on 6 November 2009, with the remainder vesting on the second anniversary of IPO with the 
exception of the CEO, whose remaining options under the tranche vested on the first anniversary of the IPO.

Issued August 2007. Options were granted with time‑based and performance‑based components. Two‑thirds of the options 
granted were to vest evenly over a 4 year period provided the participant remained with the Group, with the other third vesting 
upon the achievement of certain EBITDA targets. Under the terms of the offer, as a result of the IPO, 80% of unvested options 
vested immediately on 6 November 2009, with the remainder vesting on the second anniversary of IPO.

Issued January to July 2008. Options vest on a time basis evenly over the three year period from 31 July 2010 to 31 July 2012.

Issued 17 December 2008. Options vest on a time basis over the three year period from 31 July 2011 to 31 July 2013.

Issued 30 June 2009. Options vest on a time basis over the three year period from 31 July 2012 to 31 July 2014.

Tranche 6: EPS Mgt Plan

Issued 6 November 2009. Options vest on an EPS performance basis over a three year period from November 2009 to 31 July 2012, 
subject to performance hurdles being met.

Tranche 6: EPS CEO Plan

Issued 6 November 2009. Options vest on an EPS performance basis over a four year period from November 2009 to 31 July 2013, 
subject to performance hurdles being met.

Tranche 6: Share price  
CEO Plan

Issued 6 November 2009. Options vest on a share price performance basis over the four year period from November 2009 to 
31 July 2013, the timing of which is subject to performance hurdles being met.

Options are granted under the plan for no consideration, and carry no dividend or voting rights. When exercisable, each option is convertible into one ordinary 
share in the Company. Participation in the plan is at the Board’s discretion and no individual has a contractual right to participate in the plan or to receive any 
guaranteed benefits.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   106

10/10/11   10:57 AM

107

Set out below is a summary of options granted under the plan:

Exercise 
price
($)

Balance 
at start 
of period
(number)

Granted
during 
the period
(number)

Exercised
during 
the period
(number)

Lapsed 
during 
the period
(number)

Balance 
at end 
of period
(number)

Vested and
exercisable
at end of 
the period
(number)

Grant date

Expiry date

Consolidated – 2011

Tranche 1:

Nov to Dec 2006

15 Oct 2011

$0.01

1,287,475

Tranche 2:

Aug to Nov 2007

15 Oct 2011

$1.27

365,341

Tranche 3:

Jan to May 2008

21 Dec 2012

$3.00

9,028,213

Tranche 4:

17 Dec 2008

24 Oct 2013

$2.14

4,302,863

Tranche 5:

30 Jun 2009

24 Oct 2014

$2.34

4,702,900

Tranche 6: EPS Mgt 
Plan

06 Nov 2009

19 Dec 2012

$4.10

3,445,379

Tranche 6:  
EPS CEO Plan

06 Nov 2009

19 Dec 2013

$4.10

5,152,671

Tranche 6: Share Price 
CEO Plan

06 Nov 2009

19 Dec 2013

$5.74

2,227,723

Total

Weighted average 
exercise price

30,512,565

$3.14

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(960,000)

(10,666)

316,809

–

(208,278)

–

157,063

66,725

(692,333)

(895,300)

7,440,580

2,118,638

–

–

–

–

–

(597,000)

3,705,863

(549,000)

4,153,900

(252,101)

3,193,278

–

–

5,152,671

2,227,723

–

–

–

–

–

(1,860,611)

(2,304,067)

26,347,887

2,185,363

$1.26

$2.73

$3.31

$2.95

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   107

10/10/11   10:57 AM

108

My er   Holdings
Annual Report 2011

  l i M i ted  

Notes to the financial statements continued

38 Share‑based payments continued

(a) Employee Option Plan continued

Grant date

Expiry date

Consolidated – 2010

Tranche 1:

Exercise 
price  
($)

Balance 
at start 
of period
(number)

Granted
during 
the period
(number)

Exercised
during 
the period
(number)

Lapsed 
during 
the period
(number)

Balance 
at end 
of period
(number)

Vested and
exercisable
at end of 
the period
(number)

Nov to Dec 2006

15 Oct 2011

$0.01

16,056,005

Tranche 2:

Aug to Nov 2007

15 Oct 2011

$1.27

1,476,110

Tranche 3:

Jan to May 2008

21 Dec 2012

$3.00

9,939,013

Tranche 4:

17 Dec 2008

24 Oct 2013

$2.14

4,880,863

Tranche 5:

30 Jun 2009

24 Oct 2014

$2.34

5,055,900

–

–

–

–

–

Tranche 6:  
EPS Mgt Plan

06 Nov 2009

19 Dec 2012

$4.10

Tranche 6: EPS CEO 
Plan

06 Nov 2009

19 Dec 2013

$4.10

Tranche 6: Share Price 
CEO Plan

06 Nov 2009

19 Dec 2013

$5.74

Total

Weighted average 
exercise price

–

–

–

3,445,379

5,152,671

2,227,723

(14,703,018)

(65,512)

1,287,475

–

(1,080,214)

(30,555)

365,341

275,003

–

–

–

–

–

–

(910,800)

9,028,213

3,009,404

(578,000)

4,302,863

(353,000)

4,702,900

–

–

–

3,445,379

5,152,671

2,227,723

–

–

–

–

–

37,407,891

10,825,773

(15,783,232)

(1,937,867)

30,512,565

3,284,407

$1.45

$4.44

$0.10

$2.49

$3.14

$2.86

No options expired during the periods covered by the above table.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of options exercised during the period ended 30 July 2011 was $3.60 (2010: $3.47).

The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options outstanding at the end of the period was 2.1 years (2010: 3.0 years).

Fair value of options granted
There were no new options granted during the current period.

As shares in the Company were not listed, the fair value per share at grant date for Tranches 1 to 5 was based on an externally prepared share valuation, 
prepared as at the grant date. The fair value per share for Tranche 6 was based on market prices as at the grant date.

The expected price volatility is based on estimates of price volatility of comparable listed companies. Expected dividend yield is based on expectations of 
dividend yield of the Company during the term of the options based on expected returns and dividend policy this period, combined with analysis of dividend 
yields of comparable listed companies.

Where options are issued to employees of subsidiaries within the Group, the subsidiaries compensate the Company for the amount recognised as expense in 
relation to these options.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   108

10/10/11   10:57 AM

109

(b) Employee share acquisition plan – employee gift offer
The Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP) is designed as a broadly based plan to permit employees of the Myer Group to participate, at the invitation of 
the Board, in the acquisition of shares on terms and conditions determined by the Board. The initial offer under the ESAP, being the Employee gift offer, issued 
shares on 6 November 2009 to eligible employees for no cash consideration. Eligible employees are permanent full‑time and permanent part‑time employees 
of the Myer Group who do not already participate in the Myer Employee Incentive Program (and are not eligible to participate in the MEIP) and were employed 
at 5.00pm on 2 October 2009 (and remained employed at 5 November 2009).

Under the scheme, eligible employees who accepted the offer were granted 176 shares at a value of $721.60, at no cost. Shares issued under the ESAP are 
subject to a disposal restriction such that the participant cannot deal (i.e. sell or transfer) in the shares for a minimum period of three years (or earlier if their 
employment ceases).

Number of shares issued under the plan to participating employees on 6 November 2009

Consolidated

2011

2010

–

1,449,888

(c) Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions
Total expenses arising from share‑based payments transactions recognised during the period as part of employee benefit expense were as follows:

Options issued under employee option plan

Shares issued under employee share acquisition plan – employee gift offer

The expenses arising from the shares issued under the employee share acquisition plan were recognised within IPO costs.

Consolidated

2011
$’000

(1,409)

–

(1,409)

2010
$’000

5,749

5,945

11,694

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   109

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
110

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Directors’ declaration

In the Directors’ opinion:

(a)  the financial statements and notes set out on pages 54 to 109 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)  complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements; and

(ii)   giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 July 2011 and of its performance for the financial period ended 

on that date; and

(b) there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable, and

(c)  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed group identified in note 33 will be able to 
meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 33.

Note 1 (a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board.

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

Howard McDonald 
Chairman

Melbourne, 5 October 2011

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   110

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
111

Independent auditor’s report to the members  
of Myer Holdings Limited

Report on the financial report 

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Myer Holdings Limited (the company), which comprises the balance sheet 
as at 30 July 2011, the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year 
ended on that date, a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration for Myer 
Holdings Limited and the Myer Group (the consolidated entity). The consolidated entity comprises the company and the entities it 
controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In Note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that the 
financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Auditor’s responsibility 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards. These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to  
audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from  
material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report.  
The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of  
the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant 
to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the 
directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

Our procedures include reading the other information in the Annual Report to determine whether it contains any material 
inconsistencies with the financial report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Freshwater Place, 2 Southbank Boulevard, SOUTHBANK VIC 3006, GPO Box 1331, MELBOURNE VIC 3001
T: 61 3 8603 1000, F: 61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   111

10/10/11   10:57 AM

112

M y e r   H o l d i n g s  liMi t e d 
Annual Report 2011

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Myer Holdings Limited continued

Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion:

(a)  the financial report of Myer Holdings Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 July 2011 and of its performance for the year 

ended on that date; and

(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations 

Regulations 2001; and

(b)  the financial report and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

Report on the Remuneration Report

We have audited the remuneration report included in the directors’ report for the year ended 30 July 2011. The directors of the 
company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the 
Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

Auditor’s opinion 
In our opinion, the remuneration report of Myer Holdings Limited for the year ended 30 July 2011, complies with section 300A of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Andrew Mill 
Partner  

Melbourne 
5 October 2011

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   112

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
  
 
113

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of Myer Holdings Limited for the year ended 30 July 2011, I declare that to the best of my knowledge 
and belief, there have been:

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Myer Holdings Limited and the entities it controlled during the period.

Andrew Mill 
Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Melbourne 
5 October 2011 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Freshwater Place, 2 Southbank Boulevard, SOUTHBANK VIC 3006, GPO Box 1331, MELBOURNE VIC 3001
T: 61 3 8603 1000, F: 61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   113

10/10/11   10:57 AM

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
114

M Y E R   H O L D I N G S   L I M I T E D 
Annual Report 2011

Shareholder Information

Shareholder information as at 5 October 2011

Myer only has one class of shares on issue (being ordinary shares). All of Myer’s issued shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange. 

Issued capital

Number of shareholders

Minimum parcel price

Number

583,284,551

56,067

$2.07 per unit

Holders with less than a marketable parcel (less than 242 shares)

8,433 holders (1,455,779 total shares)

Distribution of shareholders and shareholdings

Total holders

Units

% of issued capital

Range

1 ‑ 1,000

1,001 ‑ 5,000

5,001 ‑ 10,000

10,001 ‑ 100,000

100,001 and over

Total

28,255

21,317

3,561

2,775

159

56,067

Unmarketable Parcels

Minimum $ 500.00 parcel at $ 2.07 per unit

242

Minimum parcel size

13,681,521

48,299,930

26,705,586

64,301,100

430,296,414

583,284,551

Holders

8,433

2.35

8.28

4.58

11.02

73.77

100.00

Units

1,455,779

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   114

10/10/11   10:57 AM

Twenty largest shareholders

Rank

Name

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

National Nominees Limited 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

M F Custodians Ltd

Bernard Joseph Brookes

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2

Queensland Investment Corporation 

CS Fourth Nominees Pty Ltd

Australian Reward Investment Alliance 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – GSCO ECA

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

AMP Life Limited 

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

Brookes Family Investments Pty Ltd 

Mr John Hawker

Bond Street Custodians Limited 

Total Top 20 shareholders of fully paid ordinary shares

Total Remaining holders balance

115

% issued 
capital

Units

115,725,634

98,932,150

53,298,296

34,143,305

16,403,303

15,811,308

11,848,636

8,300,000

6,530,920

6,400,921

4,717,800

2,953,488

2,595,900

2,255,294

2,109,067

2,101,704

1,689,300

1,500,000

1,499,678

1,415,943

19.84

16.96

9.14

5.85

2.81

2.71

2.03

1.42

1.12

1.10

0.81

0.51

0.45

0.39

0.36

0.36

0.29

0.26

0.26

0.24

390,232,647

193,051,904

66.90

33.10

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   115

10/10/11   10:57 AM

Shareholder information continued

Substantial shareholder

As at 5 October 2011, there are two substantial shareholders that Myer is aware of: 

Name

BT Investment Management

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

Voting Rights

Date of most recent notice 

Relevant interest

9 August 2011

5 October 2011

50,741,617 

29,789,827

Shareholders may vote at a meeting of shareholders in person, directly or by proxy, attorney or representative, depending on whether the shareholder is an 
individual or a company. Subject to any rights or restrictions attaching to shares, on a show of hands each shareholder present in person or by proxy, attorney 
or representative has one vote and, on a poll, has one vote for each fully paid share held. Presently, Myer has only one class of fully paid ordinary shares and 
these do not have any voting restrictions. If shares are not fully paid, on a poll the number of votes attaching to the shares is pro‑rated accordingly. Options do 
not carry any voting rights.

11141_MYER_AR11_Financials_PPv1.indd   116

10/10/11   10:57 AM

M Y E R   H O L D I N G S   L I M I T E D 
Annual Report 2011

Contents

About Myer

Highlights

From the Chairman

From the CEO

Review of Operations

Sustainability

Board of Directors

Management Team

Corporate Governance Statement

Directors’ Report

Remuneration Report

Financial Report

Auditor’s Report

Shareholder Information

Corporate Directory

Myer Holdings Limited
ABN 14 119 085 602

105090 Cover CS5 R1.indd   4,6

Annual General Meeting
The 2011 Annual General Meeting of  
Myer Holdings Limited will be held at  
Mural Hall, Level 6, Myer Melbourne,  
Bourke Street Mall, Melbourne, Victoria  
on Friday, 25 November 2011 at 11am.

02

04

06

08

10

20

24

26

28

35

40

54

111

114

Inside 
Back 
Cover

Corporate Directory

Myer Customer Service Centre
PO Box 869J 
Melbourne VIC 3001 
Phone: 1800 811 611 (within Australia) or  
+61 3 8667 6000 (outside Australia)
Fax: +61 (0) 3 8667 6091

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Level 19, Freshwater Place
2 Southbank Boulevard
Southbank VIC 3006

Securities Exchange Listing
Myer Holdings Limited (MYR) shares are listed on the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX).

Website
www.myer.com.au

About this Annual Report
The Myer Holdings Limited Annual Report is available 
online at www.myer.com.au/investor. Hard copies can be 
obtained by contacting our share registry.

Annual General Meeting 
The 2011 Annual General Meeting of Myer Holdings 
Limited will be held at Mural Hall, Level 6, Myer 
Melbourne, Bourke St Mall, Melbourne, Victoria on Friday,  
25 November 2011 at 11am.

Registered Office details
Myer Holdings Limited
Level 7
800 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 6000  

Myer Support Office
800 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 6800

Myer Postal Address
Myer Holdings Limited
PO Box 869J
Melbourne VIC 3001

Company Secretary
Marion Rodwell
General Counsel and Company Secretary

Shareholder Enquiries: 

Share Registry
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd
Postal address
GPO Box 2975EE
Melbourne VIC 3000

Myer Shareholder Information Line
1300 820 260 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) 

www.investorcentre.com 

Investor Relations
Davina Gunn 
Investor Relations Manager
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 7879
Mobile: +61 (0) 400 896 809
Email: myer.investor.relations@myer.com.au

Media Relations
Jo Lynch 
General Manager Corporate Affairs 
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 7571 
Mobile: +61 (0) 438 101 793 
Email: myer.corporate.affairs@myer.com.au

C R E A T E D   B Y   D E S I G N A T E

13/10/11   2:40 PM

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
1
1

M
y
e
r

Annual Report 2011

Strong Foundations

Annual Report 2011

i

l

H
o
d
n
g
s
L
m
i
t
e
d

i

A
B
N
1
4
1
1
9
0
8
5
6
0
2

105090 Cover CS5 R1.indd   1-3

13/10/11   2:40 PM